Microsoft Excel Training for Jobs – From Basic to Advanced Tools

1. Introduction - What all You will learn: Hello students, My name is Manchu and I'm going to go trainer for this MS Excel program. Now, I have taught this in the latest version, which is Office 365. And I've been doing this from the last 15 years. Whatever topic I'm going to touch, we will get deep into that. Now. What are the topics that I'm going to cover? First of all, we will be covering the fundamentals of XL, which is important. Once we are done with that, we will jump into few important math functions. We will understand the basic math function as well as advanced level math functions. After the math function, we will jump into very important logical functions. After logical functions, we will get into text functions after that, even though it's quite simple, but you'd be doing print options in Excel because there isn't, a spreadsheet is not meant for printing purpose. But if you want to print successfully, how you can do that. So we'll be learning that. After that, we'll be getting into very important functions category, which is Lookup and Reference function. You'd be getting all the important and latest information regarding this, how to do it practically, you will learn everything. Once we have done that, we will get into conditional formatting, which is a data organizing tool. Finally, we will learn some very important what if analysis tool as well. Let's begin our learning journey. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 2. Create New File and Title Bar Understanding: Hello students. My name is Yvonne shoe and I'm going to be a trainer for MS Office 365, which is the latest version of Office. Right now we're focusing on MSF cell. So how to start a new Excel file? How to create a new Excel file? There are two ways to do this, and one of the ways to right-click anywhere in your desktop, then go to new. And then you'll have to go to Microsoft Excel worksheet. Click over here. Once you are here, you will have to give it a name. Let's say I'm giving a name we just tried. And the file has been created. If I want to remove it, simply select this and click on Delete, and it has been deleted. Another way of doing it is to go to Search. And over here, you need to type the application. Let's say I'm tapping Excel. Then click over here. Now it's not going to ask for the name right away. The application will open with the by default name, which is book one, as you can see. And after that, whenever you are going to save it, Let's am pressing Control S or Control S for save. Or another option is to click over here, which is again a save option. So let's, I'm pressing Control S. For save. It will ask you to give a name. By default, the name is book one. Again, let's say I'm given a name. Now, the extension of it is dot XLSX. If you can see that. Now from here you can choose the location. Right now it is giving the location in one, right? What? I don't want to save it on OneDrive, rather I want to save it in my system. So I will go to either document it automatically, it will save and document folder or otherwise, let's go do more location. Now once I will go to more location here, I can choose this PC. And within that PC I can select any folder, or I can simply select Desktop. Next I've selected desktop. Here, the name has been given already. Now within that desktop, these are the folders. So if you want to save it in any of this folder, you'd need to select that. Or otherwise, you can avoid that part. If I want to save it in the desktop, only, simply click on Save. Quite. New file has been created with the name right here. You can see this coming us saved. Now, I want to introduce to you the structure of it. But before that, let me start with the top portion of it, which is known as Title bar. Here you can see the top portion of the Excel file. This is known as Title bar. There are few important information. First of all, who is the user? Apart from this, there is this option. You can see this is a ribbon option. And if I'm going to set my cursor over here, it will tell a ribbon display option. Now, there are three options over here. Let me click. The first option, which is being by default selected is the last one. That is Show tabs and commands. Tab on Insert Page Layout, these other tabs and what are commands? This particular complete portion where you can see all these options. These are the commands actually, which is actually now one of the option is auto height ribbon. Once I click over here, you will not be able to see that. That doesn't mean you are not be able to use this. Just hover your mouse over here like this and click. You will get to see the options. So every time whenever you need to use it, you will have to go like this click and you can use the option. Another way of doing it is to show tabs. Now, when you have clicked on Show tabs, you can see only tabs are visible now. Now if you need to use any options off particular tab, Let's say I want to use the Data tab. So I need to click over here. And all the options within that data tab means the commands are going to be visible. And after that, you can use that. Whenever you are going to click anywhere if you're doing something, then again, that commands are going to be hidden. Fine. So these are the three options over here, which is the ribbon command. So by default, the option is Show tabs and commands which are like also, fine. So this is one of the option. Now over here you can see this particular option which is to minimize option. You're going to minimize this. Apart from this, there is this option which is restored down, so it will come like this. And here's the option of maximize. So it's going to be maximized as per the window. This is the close option within close this file. Now let's come over here. Search option and the shortcut is Alt Q. This is. Latest one which has been introduced in 2019. This is the Office 365, as I've told you. But in this particular version, this is a level that is probably a level in 2016 also. But here it has been improved. Let's say if I want to use anything, let's say I want to use bold option. So I will click over here. And I don't know where bowl option is available, so I'm tapping bold. Now the amazing thing is before that, the help option was there. Before searching for any particular command is going to tell you that how you can apply bold and all the details. But here you can take action directly over here. Let's say if I'm typing something, that's a test. Okay, let me select this. Let me go over here. I'm dabbing bold. And I want to apply this. I will simply click over here. And here you can see it has been done bold. Not only this. There will be many options also like for the health means. If you want to know the complete procedure or about that particular topic, you can go for this option also. Fine, so this is the search option. Now, let me come over here. And this is the file name. You may remember that we have given the name which is trials. So this is the file name, this is the location which is desktop. These are the version history. If there is any version history, that would be a level over here. Now, this particular file has been saved in your system. If you want to save it in OneDrive, you can click on Upload simply and this particular file will be available in one, right? Fine. Okay, So this is another option. Apart from this, let me go over here. This is an undo option. There's Redo option, the shortcut is Control Z. And for redo the shortcut is Control Y. Now, this is the save option. I've told you already the shortcut is Control S. This is a very important option which is autosave. Right now. It is. Not only you can use autosave if you have got a OneDrive account. Let me click over here. Now it is on. But then again, you will have to select a OneDrive account. Let's say I'm selecting this one because my account, It's going to take a bit of time and high auto saved is on. Now what is the meaning of autosave? Autosave means if I'm typing something, try find. It has been auto saved, means I need not to save it again. Otherwise, whenever you are working in your spreadsheet, means in your Excel, every time you will have to press Control S in order to make sure that if you have closed your file accidentally without saving anything, then the data will be lost. So it's a good practice to press always controllers. But if you have kept this autosave option on, then it's not going to happen. You're not going to lose the data because every time you are making even a small changes, then it's going to be autosave. So here you can see this also. This particular option is indicating that it has been refreshed the moment you have type something. Fine. So this is just an introductory video, and this is the title bar which I have made you understand. There are many things to understand. This is it for the video? Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 3. Customize Ribbons and Quick Access Toolbar: Welcome back students. In this video, we'll be learning more about the Excel structure. Now, we have understood a dot IQ Bot means what are all the options of leveling title bar? Now, let's move a bit downwards. Now here you can see these are all caps like Home tab. This is Insert Page Layout formulas. So these are the tabs. Now once you click on any tab, Let's say I've clicked on Data tab. So all the commands related to that Data tab will be visible in this particular ribbon. I have already made you understand what is ribbon. Now, this Data tab commands are divided in groups. Let's say get and transform. Data is a group. Queries and connection is a group. Datatypes is a group. So these are all groups. Let me go to Home tab here also you can see font is a group, alignment is a group number is. Now all the group related information is available within group area. Let's say this is the group area of alignment where we can see the options related to alignment. All the informations are, all the commands related to alignments are not visible here because of the constraints as far as the ADA is concerned. So even more options can be explored with the help of this particular button next to alignment. This is known as a display box launcher. Now, this display box launcher is available in many groups where all the commands are not possible to fit in. Let's say later to alignment. If I want to get even more options, I need to click over here, which is a display box launcher. So let me click. Okay, so when I will click on the display box launcher, you will get to see this display box. However, popularly this has been known as dialog box, and you can see alignment is highlighted and we can see even more options related to an end. Fine. So this is the ribbon structure that I've made you understand. Now this ribbon structure can be customized also. How you need to go to file. Then you need to go to options. From here, you need to go to Customize Ribbon. Now, in the right-hand side, you can see these main gaps. So these are the tabs which are available. Now, you can see few of the tabs which are not checked, let's say like draw or developer. So that's the reason this particular taps are not visible here. Let's say I'm going to click on Draw. And after that, I'm going to click on, okay. So here you will be able to see draw F is now visible and you can use the drawdown. Fine. Apart from this, let me go to Customize Ribbon once again. Now apart from this, you can uncheck any of the option if you don't want it to show. Also, here in the left-hand side you can see this Popular commands. So these are all the popular commands which are available in ribbons also. However, you may go here and you can go for commands not in the ribbon. You will be able to see many commands which are not available in the ribbon, how to make use of it, and how to make it available in the main tab. So within the tab, you need to create a new group if you want to use any of these commands, Let's say I'm in this Home tab, or let say let me go to the Insert tab. Click over here. Fine. So I'm going to this last particular group. After that, what I'm going to do, I'm going to click on new book. Okay, so here you can see a new group has been created. After that. You need to select this or click on Rename. Now you can give it a name. Let's say I'm giving a name utility. Let me click on, okay. Now once you have done this in the left-hand side, you need to look for the commands which you want to use or which you want to take it under the main tab. So let's, I want to use calculator. So I'm selecting calculator like this. And you need to select an ad for here, calculator is selected and in the right-hand side, the new group selected, which is utility. Then you need to click on Add. So you here you can see under utility calculator command is now available. Also. Let me scroll down. There are many options. Let's say this option, which is speak cell, means what, whatever content is in the cell That's going to speak. Okay, so I'm going to select this also. I'm going to select speak cell, stops freaking cell also. Fine. I have added the commands which I want in utility group and let me click on, Okay, let me go to Insert. And in the Insert year you can see utility group has been created and where we have given like calculators. So here is the symbol of calculators peak cell and stopped speaking. Let me click on this. So here you can see calculator is open and you can make use of it. Apart from this, let me click over here, and this is the sample text. Now, if I want to use this particular option, speak, so let me click Okay. Again. And this is what stops. So I've just clicked on top. Let's move to Quick Access toolbar. Here. You can see this option of autosave that I've made you understand, which is available in the title bar, also the save option, undo and redo option. So this is the Quick Access Toolbar. Let me click over here. Here you can see these are the options which is checked right now, there is a right-click. So that's the reason these are visible over here. However, if you want few more options, let's say I want the new file option also, I can simply click over here and you will get to see this new file option over here. And you can make use of it. Now, if you don't want to use it, then simply you can uncheck it and that option will be removed. Now, there are even more options that you can give in the Quick Access Toolbar. For this, you need to go to File. More options. Here you can see Quick Access Toolbar. Now, over here you can see the Quick Access Toolbar. Again. Here you will have the access of all the popular commands and commands not in the ribbon also. So whichever command you want to use over here, you need to select that, add that, and that can be available in the projects as tomorrow. Let me click on, Okay, and here you will be able to see. Now we have seen how to customize Quick Access Toolbar and also the ribbon also. Now how to remove this? Go to File. More options. Now first, let me go to the Quick Access Toolbar. If I want to remove it manually, you can select this and you can remove it. Also, there is another option you can go for reset, reset only Quick Access Toolbar. And that's going to set it apart from this. Let me go to Customize Ribbon. Again, you can, let's say this is the group that I have created manually and these are the options. Again, you can select that and you can remove that manually. However, if you need to reset it, then you can click on reset. There is it only selected ribbon tab means this Insert tab. That can also be the option. And also you can go for reset all the summation, so whichever is suitable to you. So let's, I'm going for this at all, the summation. Yes. Fine. This how this needs to be done. Let me click on, Okay, so this is very important. So the changes will be saved. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 4. Excel Structure and Worksheets: Welcome back students. In this video, we'll be learning the rest of the structure of Excel T. Now, we have understood very well the title, but also we have understood tabs and groups, all the commands of the Customize Ribbon, how to customize Quick Access Toolbar, which is this one. Let's come over here. Now. Here you can see a, B, C, D. So these are representing columns. And here you may see 1234. These are representing the rows. So ABCD, which is an alpha phase, it's a represent columns and 1234 are due to present a rose. Now in a single Excel sheet, I'm talking about just an Excel sheet. There are ten lakh 40,576 rows. How do we know? Now? Let's say I'm here and if I'm pressing Control, Enter down arrow key. What it does when you are pressing Control down arrow key, you will reach to the end of the document or you will reach to the end of the field documents. This particular Excel file over here is filled up till a 174. So I've reached the end of the sprint data. Again, if you will press control and a right arrow key, then again, it will move right side, means up to the level where the data is spread. Again, control up arrow key, you will reach to the top and left arrow key you will reach to the left where the data has been paid. So again, I'm pressing Control and down arrow key. I have reached here. Again, if I will press control and down arrow key because there is nothing. Now, it will reach to the end of this particular excel sheet, and that is 1040,576. So that's the last row. So that was a close up there. As well as columns are concerned, let him press Control, right arrow key. Again, I'm pressing Control and right arrow key, I will reach to the last column, which is x f, d. Now, here, the column is represented alphabetically. So we don t know that how many columns are there. We can apply a simple formula which is equal to column. Here we can see the striations column. So we can press Tab button or otherwise we can type it in manually column and Bracket start or otherwise we can click also like, let's say I'm typing this column function and I'm clicking like this. Now if I'm going to close the bracket and press enter, It's going to tell me you are in which number column, which is 16,384, which is the last column. So that is all. We know that how many columns are there? Also, when you will select this particular sense, Let's am selecting this cell. Over here. You can see the formula is being shown, so this is known as Formula bar. Let me set my cursor over here and you can see this is the formula bar. If you need to make any changes, you can do it on the formula bar by clicking over here like this. Also. Let me press Escape. You may go to the cell also and you can double-click and you can make the genius find that number of rows and columns are there in the data. Now, over here you can see this is the scroll bar. This is top and bottom scroll bar. And over here you can see a binges and scroll bar. But this is left and right scroll bar. Fine. Okay, now here you can see the list of sheets. So these are the sheets that I've created us for my knee. Now, if you need to create a new sheet, there are two options. First, you can see this plus symbol. And if I'm going to set my cursor over here, you will get the message of new sheet. So let me click over here, you can see a new sheet has been created. Now where there's going to create a new sheet. Again, let's say I've set my cursor over here, which is an investment. Investment sheet, is right now select it. And if I'm going to click on New Sheet, now you can see a sheet has been created after the investment sheet. So whichever sheet is selected by default, the sheet is going to be created after that. So that is this option. Now how to delete a sheet? It is very simple. You need to do the right-click like this on that particular sheet and click on Delete. Again. Let me delete this one also. There is another way of creating a sheet. So what do you need to do? Do the right-click anywhere in any sheets. And then you need to go to Insert. Now when you will go for Insert option, there are few templates which are available apart from normal worksheet that we use. So this is the normal worksheet which is by default selected. Apart from this, you can make use of charts sheet also. You can go for dialogue sheet also. You can use this particular template also which is a monthly company budget. Okay? You can go from macro sheet also, these are the templates. And you can get even more templates into templates on office.com. Well, I want to just create a sheet. So I've selected this worksheet and let me click on, Okay. Now, in this particular method, whichever sheet is selected, sheet is going to be graded just before that sheet. So till now, we have understood how to create a new sheet and how to delete a sheet. Now, let's understand how to move a sheet. Let's say I want to move this particular sheet, which is text example over here. So what I can do, I can simply select this means I'm pressing the left key of my mouse and I can simply shifted wherever I want. Let's, I want to shift it over here so I can drop it over here. So you can see the text example sheet has been moved. Now, there isn't another way of moving an Excel sheet. You need to do the right-click on the sheet which you want to move like this. After that, you need to go to this option which is move or copy. Fine. If you want to create a copy, you need to select this. I'm going to tell you, first of all, let's understand how to move this. And here you will have to select before which sheet you want to move this. Let's say I want to move this up before xi3, which is this one. And let me click on, Okay. And here you can see the sheet has been moved. Now let's understand how to create a copy. Right-click on the sheet, then go for Move or Copy. Here, you need to select, Create a Copy. Fine. And after that, let's say I'm selecting this one. Investment. Before investment or copy will be created. Click, Okay. Here you can see before investment, a copy of this particular sheet, which is text example, has been created with the Biden called in bracket two. Okay, So this is how you can create a, sorry, this is how you can copy a sheet. Now let's understand how to rename it. So there are, again two ways to do this. First, you can simply double-click. Let's see, my cursor is over here on the sheet name. And you need to double-click like this. And here you can see the cursor and you can type the exam given the name data and click anywhere, or you may press enter. Data name has been given to the sheet. Another way of doing it is to do the right-click, go for Rename option. And here I am giving, let's practice data. I pressed Enter and now it has been saved. Now let's understand how to hide a sheet. So for that, let's, I want to hide this sheet which is investment. Again, do the right-click and go for height. That's it. Also. If you need to unhide this, then again, do the right-click anywhere in any of the sheet, gopher unhide, select the sheet which is in height, and then click, Okay, and here you can see investment once again. Now, is it possible to hide it? And is it possible that you hide it in a such a manner so that the user will not be able to unhide this? Yes, it is possible, but that's comes under different security and protection part and that we will cover later on. Now, let's come to another part which is to color a particular sheet. Means these are sheet tabs actually. And this particular option is going to color the sheet tab. Let's say I want to color this practice data. So right-click, go for tab color, and let's say I want to use this color, so I'm selecting this one. And here you can see it has been colored. Okay? Now finally few more options. Okay, let me stretch it over here so that I can make you understand that my cursor is over here. So this is a witch cell, this is j column and two rows, and it is the name box here you can see it is coming, which is J2. J2. I want to type something in J2 in each of the sheet in a single goal. So how I can do this? Look, one of the option is to do the selection of sheet is let's say this sheet. Then I'm pressing Control and I'm selecting the shape than they should. So here you can see the color of these three sheets and different from the others, means these are selected right now. Another way of doing it, if you want to select all the sheets, then right-click and go for select all cheats. Now all sheets are selected. Now, what I'm going to do, or what I want to do. Let's say I want to type something over here, which is J2, I want to type, let's say this. Now what's going to happen if I'm going for text example and let me scroll it over here, or J2 here you can see this text. This text practice data. Again, you will be given to see this text means everywhere it is written. Hi, What if I want to delete this? Again? I will go for select all sheet, select this deleted. Fine. And it's going to be deleted from everywhere. So this is all about Sheets and Excel structure. Visit for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 5. Data Entry and Formatting: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand what is a cell properties. Now, it is very easy to understand what is said. So let me click over here, which is cell K3, K number column three, number rho. So this is the k3. Now, XL is basically an spreadsheet structures spreadsheet means when vertical straight line intersect with horizontal straight line, creating the row and column environment that is known as spreadsheets structure. Now, in our spreadsheets structure, there's always going to be cell, so this cell over here. Now what all the things we can do in a cell is known as cell properties. Let's say. First of all, what we can do when you are getting this kind of symbol, this means this is a selection symbol. You can select like this. If you need to do the selection of data which is not in a continuous manner. Here it is in continuous manner. Again, it isn't continuous manner. Let's say I'm selecting this particular portion which is up from B2, D5. And then I need to select from here, which is edge-to-edge five. So I need to press Control button like this. And then I can select, Let's, I can select this also. And whatever I want to do on these cells in the selected cell, let's, I want to bolt. I want to color. I can do that. Let me press Control Z to undo. So the first property is selection means this one, this particular bolt plus symbol when coming. So this is an indication that now you can select that. Now the second option is once you have done the selection like this, if you will, move to the corner of this particular selection, Let's say I'm moving over here. Or you can move to the corner in the upper portion also, or in the bottom portion also like this. Now you will get to see this arrow option. Now this adoption is an indication of move means you can select this. I press the left button of my mouse and then I can move it wherever I want. Like this. When you are getting this particular option in this particular symbol, this means now you can move it, or what you can move, you can move the selected cells. Now, the last part is, let's say I'm typing something, that's a test. And I'm going to, when you are getting this symbol, which is plus symbol, and you will get the symbol in the right bottom corner. When you will hold like this. Now, this symbol is an indication of autofill. So let me drag it downwards or you can drag it right-side also, left side also afford also, however, I'm dragging it downwards. And you can see here autofill has been applied. Now here you can see this particular symbol. If I will set my cursor over here, you can see auto-fill options are coming. And if I'm going to click over here, you can see coffee cell. This is what it has done. There are many options in auto-fill and that's unwilling to cover separately. However, there are three properties. First one is the selection, second one is to move, and third one is this particular symbol, which is for drag or auto-fill, you can say. Now another important aspect when you are entering into the data. Let's see, you're typing something here. I'm typing text, I'm typing simply test and Enter. Now you can see the alignment. The alignment is left. Let me select this cell. And here you can see this is the left align, this is the center line, and this is the right align. If, if I will press a writer line, is going to move right side, center align, left align. But by default, whenever you are typing our texts, the alignment is going to be left. Next, let's say I'm tapping of value. And the alignment is going to be right whenever you are typing of value. By default, alignment is going to be a right side, which is this one. Let's say I'm tapping a date over here and the alignment is going to be again, right? Okay, so in case of texts, the alignment is going to be left by default. If you're typing a value or date, by default, alignment is going to be the right side. Now, this is the by default alignment. That doesn't mean we can't change. We can change. As I've shown you, let's say you need to do the selection. You can go for left align, right align, center align, whichever alignment is suitable for your data. Let's understand the formatting options. So let me delete this. We have got the table, or you can say that data in order to format. Now, let me select first of all these headings. Now, technical term for this is actually headings we call two a, b, c, d. These are the headings actually, let me go to View. So here you can see heading. Let me uncheck this. And here you will be able to see a, B, C, D, which was representing columns. And 1234 are not visible at all. So in Excel, we call them headings. This can be called. So technically we call them failed. I may call them headings. You will understand that. Fine. So let me go to home. And in order to make heading to be appear as heading, I will have to distinguish this. So I'm going to select this. Now over here you can see there's this option of converting that into gold. The shortcut is Control D. I can press that and it will be converted into Bolt. You may go for Italian option also. It will come like this. However, I don't want to do that. Also, you may go for underlying options. Fine, but then again, it's not suitable over here. Now under underlying, there are many underlying types. Let me click over here. And here you can see this double underline option is also coming. So you can go for double underlying options as well. In the previous version there was options of dotted lines and others. So that has been removed in Office 365 anyway. So no, we don't want to use underlying, so I'm going to de-select this. Okay, board. I want to use the movement. I will select these particular cells. You can see bold is highlighted, indicating that over here, old has been applied. Now this is the font style option. If I will come here, you will get to see many options. Let's say I'm going for this particular option. You may go for whatever option you feel like the most professionals wants, or Calibri, arial Times New Roman. So I'm going for this one. Now. This is the option to apply the border. Now, you can apply the water from the bottom. You can apply the border from the top, from the left, from the right. And Human go for all borders where each and every cell, we'll have a bold line like this, or human buffer outside water also. There are various options. So let's, I want to convert this table into two. Sorry, I want to convert this data into this border format. So I need to go over here and let's say I'm going for all borders. So this is how it will look like. Now, apart from this, one importance of it, let's say, let me press Control P for print review. Here you can see the lines are not visible. So here you can see that the lines were not visible. So if I'm going to select this, converting this into all borders, then if I will press Control D, you will be able to see that now lines are visible, fine. Now, apart from this, this is the color option. Let's say I'm going to select all these cell and I'm going for this field option. Let's, I'm going for some dark color. Let's say I'm going for dark color, so I'm going for this. Let me do the selection once again. And here I'm going for either white or you may go for yellow color option. That's the formatting style for headings, the most popular one actually, you can select the fill color darker, and then the font color lighter, white. Or you can go for yellow color option also. Now, let me select this. Once again. You have understood alignment. I have made you understand that this is the left alignment, right now, this is central alignment and this is the right alignment because these are cell. So another sort of alignment is possible, which is top. So look at this. So this is the top alignment and this is bottom alignment which was earlier selected, and this is the center alignment. So in case of Title, I liked the center alignment. So both the center alignment I have chewed, looks better. If you need to insert any column in between, let's say before F, I need to enter our columns, so I need to select that particular column or need to do the right-click on that particular column. And then I can simply go for insert. Here. You can see if you need to delete that. Then again select the column. Don't do the selection like this. Do the selection from the column, right-click and then go for delete. Similarly, if you want to insert a new row, then you need to select like this, means do the right-click and go for insert. And here you can see row has been inserted. Again. Need to delete that, then delete. Here I need to insert a row before these headings. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to select one, means do the right-click on one and go for insert. Now over here, I want to give the title. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to increase the width of eight. So this is how you can increase the width from here and you can increase the width from here. Okay, Now, let me do the selection. I'm going for this particular option, which is merge and center. So this is going to merge all the cell which have selected, find. The alignment is center. However, you can change that. Here. Let's say I'm typing student scorecard. Fine. Let me do the selection once again. And I'm going to increase the font. So from here you can increase the font size. Let me type something. That font size limit in Excel is 409. Let me type 2000s. So you can see this particular message that is font size must be between 1409, so minimum one, maximum 409. So that's the limit. Either falls into nine is very big size, that's not required. So let me go for 26. Find that's more than sufficient. Again, I will go for the same strategy. That is, I'm selecting this particular color over here, and over here, this one. Okay, Going for all borders over here as well. Fine looking. Okay. Next, if you want to increase the font size, not from here. There are many options means like 1112, you can go from here, or you can type by yourself also that we have just seen. Also, you can increase the font size from here, like you can click and you can increase the font size. So here also, it will be changed. You can see how much font size has increased. However, if you want to decrease that human goal for this particular option, that is decreased font size. Fine. Now let me insert another column over here. And I'm going to do the selection of this particular cell. I'm going to go for Merge and Center. And over here let's say, I want to mention that this is the scorecard of which particular section. So let's, I want to mention that is tenth class. So this is how I'm writing 10th class all in caps. Now, what I want to do, I'm going to select this, going for this orientation. Now, there are various angle or initial exam going forward this okay. Hi, Well, I want a complete vertical orientation or I can go for rotate text up like this. This is more suitable and otherwise you may go for this one also. This is also very popular light and glass. You can see I need to increase the font size. Fine. And I'm going for the font style over here once again. Find apart from this, this is the option of a Wrap Text. Now what is the meaning of it? Let me select this. And here you can see Wrap Text is activated. It was activated because I have activated this. I've used this particular tool. Normally what happened when you are typing something in a cell is going to show like this. It's not going to show me completely, I will have to increase the size like this, but that's, I don't want. So what is the option? You can select a cell and go for whatever sentence is in the cell that's going to be adjusted in multiple lines. So this is the Wrap Text option. These are common font formatting options which are available for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 6. Fill Series in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we're going to understand auto-fill. Auto-fill behaves depending upon the type of data. What is autofill? We have understood that. Let's say I'm selecting this cell and then I will come in the bottom corner, means over here. So this plus symbol is coming. So this is an autofill option if I'm going to drag it up till 15. So what it has done, it has done the copy. So let me go to this autofill options over here. And here you can see coffee cell is selected. This means it has done the copy, means one has been copied to the rest of the cell. Now, apart from Copy Cells, I can go for field series option if I will do that. Now here you can see after 12345 is coming with the interval of one that is coming in an increment manner. Now, another way of doing this is let's say you have type one and type two. So here you need to select both the cell and drag it. Here. Fill series will happen automatically. But however, if you want to, let's say 1212 in that sequence you want, you may go for coffee is an option in here. You can see the change. Now by default, as I've told you, if you have got value into cells and you have selected both the cell and then we're going to drag it and how these things work. Xl, first of all, identify the value difference between both the cell and then it followed it with a sequence. Here. One is there, and in the next cell to is there. So this means the difference is of plus one. So that's the sequence is following. Let's say here it's seven and over here it's 14. So the sequence, or the difference is plus seven. So that's the sequence is going to follow. Now another thing is, let's say left side data has been filled up till certain level. Over here It's up till 15th row. Then simply you can do that Double-click like this. Now what about the test? Here? A is tight and if I'm going to drag it, sorry to disappoint you. You might be thinking a, B, C, D will come, but no, only a will commence, only copy will apply. There is no option of densities as far as alphabets or concern. However, if A1 is written means alphabets, and then it is ending with a value, then of course, A2, A3, A4. That's a Fill Series option. Apart from this, if there is a date, let's say 12th of Jan 2014, And if you're going to drag it, then by default they will change. Now, let me come to this autofill option. So that's a Fill Series Options. Under Fill Series, option D is changing. Another option is filled days. Again, they will change means fill series and quill days, gonna perform the same thing when it's come to date. Apart from this, there is this option of a weekdays. So only weekdays will come here. You can see after 171819 is missing. That's because that's a weekend instead, Saturday and Sunday. Apart from this, you may go for months option. Here, date will remain, as it is. Our only month will change. Also human go for the option of failures. So only year will change. Day and month will remain as it is. Now. The next thing is related to formatting. Here you can see A1 is written and the vomiting is fill color. I have given, I've given the text color, the font color also. Now, you know, if I'm going to drag it after that, A2, A3 will come. Yes, it will come. But with that, formating is also coming down. Same formatting which is there. Now, I don't want to use the formatting which is there in this particular cell, which is F1 cell. Rather, I just want to use the density is option only. What I can do, I can come here and I can go for the option of fill without formatting. So it's going to do its work, but the formatting will not be copied. Another thing is just opposite to this. Let's say I want to apply the same formatting in this particular data means the data which is over here. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to drag it. But you can see that data is not available now. But I just wanted to filled up formating only what I can do, I can come here and I can go for this option. We just fill formatting only. The data which is below is going to remain as it is, only the formatting from the other cell will be copied. Now, apart from this, indeed, options only if you are typing, let's say a big day, let's say in three alphabets Monday and if you are going to drag it, then Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday will come in the same format which is over there. Let's say I'm tapping a complete spelling Monday. And very specifically I've typed in capital, so that sequence will be followed. And again, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday is done. Similarly, if I'm diving month and that's in three alphabets, it will come. And if I'm typing autocomplete date or sorry, complete months spelling than accordingly, it will go fine. Now, over here, let's say you can drag it downwards. You can drag it in the right side. You can drag it up. And you can drag it in the left side as well. Now there is a shortcut to this also. If I want to drag it downwards, Let's say I'm selecting like this, including the cell which has the value, then I can press Control D and pressing Control D. Fine. But the problem is here, only op is going to be applied. If I want to drag it in the right side, I can select like this, go for control. And these are the same option which is available over here. So in the Home tab, you can go for this particular option. Under editing, you can see this particular symbol which is filled. Now downwards. You can press this option that is down for right. You may go over here again for right, for up. Let's say I'm selecting this going up option. And if I want to write it in the left side, let's say I'm selecting like this and going for left options. I want to make you understand about you more options. Let's say seven is typed here. And I want to drag it downwards up till 5,001. Okay, so what I'm going to do, I'm going to do the selection of the cell. Another way of doing it is to manually drag it. Okay? There is another condition. Let's say the interval that I'm looking for is seven, then 911 minutes to interval should be fine. So I'm selecting this cell rather than doing it manually. What I can do, I can go for this fill option, once again, go for series option. And over here you can see CDs in a row or column manner. You need to select that. Let's say I wanted in the columns manner because I wanted downwards. Then step value. How much is the step value? I've told we just do, That's the interval and stock value. I have asked for 5,001. Let me click on, Okay. And here you can see with the interval of two or step value of two, it has been dragged up till 5,001 value. If you want to do it in the right side, then you need to select the row option means. Over here, you need to select the rules options, so it will go right in the right side. Let's say here I'm giving the step value as three and stop value and giving less support. Fine. So here you can see the same thing can be applied in terms of date. Also that Sam tapping a date, I'm going to select the cell going for series option, going for column value. Let's say I'm giving two. So after 12th of Jan 14, GM will come. So step value is two and stop value. You need not to type the value over here. You will have to type the end date. So here, let's say I want this to be up till 14th of December. That is 2011 starting from 2 thousand, let's say 12. Make sure there's no spelling mistakes. Fine. That is sufficient. Let me click on, Okay, and here you can see it has. Now what is, if you want to go downwards, means backwards, I mean to say, let's say here, it's 12 Jan 20:11 AM going forward, this series options selecting columns, step value, I'm giving two here, this top value, I'm going to give like a tenth of June 2009. Let me click. Okay. Now nothing is happening. Why is it so? Because let me read the correction. Series, selecting columns, stock value. Let's say I'm giving the 11th of June 2009. And over here step value, I'm giving minus two, okay, so this is very important, the step value, and let me click on, Okay. So here you can see it's working absolutely fine. Now, one final option in the series path. I'm typing few names. Okay, so I've typed for names with space, and that's in a single cell only. Now I want to convert this into different segments. I want to separate the name. Definitely there are options of x2 column and many others. But right now, it can be achieved with the help of NCDs also, how you need to like decrease the width of a column to the level where only one name can be adjusted. Then select the cell, go for fill option, then go for it justified. Click on Okay, and you will get the result. Vice versa, if the data is like this, and if you want to convert these into single cell, again, increase the width. Go fulfill option, go for justified. These are all the options of print series. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 7. Cell Reference in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand a very important concept that is cell reference. Now cell reference R0, three types. First one is a relative celebrants. Second one is absolute cell reference, or in other words, we can say constant cell reference. And the third one is mixed cell reference. Now, first is relative cell reference. Now here we have got some data. You can see 71015, some figures are mentioned. Now, I'm going to set my cursor over here, which is I1 cell. I'm going to give equal two and going to give the cell reference of this particular cell which is Eva. You know what will happen? Definitely A1 value, whatever value is there in Avon cell that will come. Right. Now, look at the formula bar here, A1 is written. This type of reference is known as a relative cell reference most of the time. But whenever we give a cell reference, that's an relative cell reference. Now, what is the meaning of relative, relative mins? If we're going to do the autofill. But I need, if I'm going to drag it downwards, then relatively a row number will change. And if I'm going to drag it upwards, again, relatively row number will change in a decrement manner of course. But if you are going to drag it right side or left side, then row number will not change, but rather just the column number. So here in A1 is representing column and one is representing row. So I'm going to drag it downwards like this. Here you can see 71015 minutes Visa coming. Why? Because over here the relative references A1. But when we move a bit downward means one step downward. That here the celebrants is A2, A3, and so on. So relatively you can see a row number is changing. So here you can see a relatively row number is changing. Similarly, if we are going to drag it towards right, then you can see relatively column number are changing. Over here. It is A1, over here it is B1, C1, and D1 respectively. Okay? So whenever we are moving downwards or upwards, then the row number is changing downwards increment manner, upwards, decrement manner. Right side column number will change like a, b, c, d, or in the left side. Again, column number will change. So this is known as a relative cell reference means relatively row will also change, row number will also change and column number velocity. Now, let's say I'm over here and I'm selecting this A1 and pressing function key and F for the moment you will press function key and F four, you can see dollar sign is there in front of it, in front of a also in front of one on. So what does this mean? This means that cell reference has converted into absolute cell reference or constant cell reference. Now, if we are going to drag it downwards or upwards in any direction, A1 will remain A1 only. Okay, it will not change. That is known as absolute cell reference. It, we're going to move it in the right side also you can see no changes. Now let's come to mixed cell reference. Over here, just before a dollar sign, I'm removing manually. Okay. Now, there is a dollar sign in before one, but there is no dollar sign before a. So what will happen? A means which is representing column that will behave relatively when we are moving this column wise. But when we will move this row wise, then it will behave. Absolutely. Okay? So here you can see there's a dollar in front of, sorry, before one, which is representing a row. If you are going to drag it again downwards, you can see there won't be any changes. We're here again, A1 over here again, Eva. But if we are going to move it towards right side, then you can see the values are changing because here it will behave a relatively. So over here it is k, one, over here it is B1 and C1 and so on. Similarly, if, let's say I'm putting dollar sign in front of a, okay, and removing it from 11, then what will happen? Then? Column a will behave in an absolute manner and Robin behave relatively. Let's see. Over here, you can see it is constant or absolute. All here. When I'm dragging it downwards, it's behaving in a relative manner. So this is a very important aspect if you want to have a good understanding of applying a function properly, without the knowledge of cell reference, you will not be able to apply nested metallurgy and any function properly. So give it a try. Just understand this. And in the further videos, you will see the practical examples also. And then you will have even more understanding for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 8. Math Operators in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we're going to understand about a mathematical operators in Excel and how to use them. Now, mathematical, using mathematical operators in Excel is no different from using mathematical operators. On paper. The rules are saying, and who is in front of you that is known as wore masks. Now, bored mass tells us that in a single equation, if we have got many operators, what needs to be done first? It's not on the basis of what has been given for us. Rather, it has to be based on board mask means if you have good God bracket as well as multiplication, we have what edition also subsection also. Then what needs to be done first? So first of all, you need to do bracket. Now in bracket, we considered normal bracket, square bracket also. Now all stand for order of power. You can see the sample that is for power, that is two square root. Or there are various examples. You can see that apart from that, after that, the importance given to division, that is divide M for multiplication. In Excel. That will be indicated by an asterisk sign, and division will be indicated by one slash. We will get the examples a for addition plus symbol and S4 subsection that is minus symbol. So this is going to be those two points. And bone mass will be altogether followed everywhere. Let's say over here, if I'm going to set a equation, now the first rule of setting an equation or a formula in Excel is to start with the equal to sign. The movement you have given equal to Excel understands that now you are going to apply a formula. The formula can be based on formula or name or function name. Function can be like some, or it can be like average. Or you have not applied any functioning, but rather you are using a formula with the help of mathematical operators. Let's say I want to calculate 200 and I've given plus 500. So this all we need to apply and we will get dancer. So this very simple and straightforward. So this is the example of plus. Let's say again, I'm applying the formula 500 minus 150. We have got 354 multiplication. I have given equal to, let's say 20. This is the multiplication symbol which is asterix sign. So don t multiplied by less than 12. So we will get the answer. Now, equal to oneself, 8120 divide. So this is the divide symbol. Divided by six. We have what the answer. Now, apart from this, there is a power symbol equal to, let's have given Phi. And we have given this particular symbol. Most of the time. This particular symbol is available in your laptop with six. So you will have to press shift, and that's six in order to get this symbol. This is the symbol phi power two. So this means phi squared. So we have what, 25 or let say, if I am having phi power three, this means five into five into 5125. Now, if I'm going to apply a formula where more equations are there, let's say if I will type 55 minus 35 multiplied by ten. Now, there are three mathematical operators which has been applied. So what needs to be done first? If you will go by that, whatever has been given first, we need to complete that. So you will get the wrong answer. Let's say, if I will do 55 minus satisfied that on d t multiplied by ten to 100. And if you are thinking 200 is the answer, that's the wrong answer. Because as per the word mask, multiplication needs to be done first, devotes, subtract three-fifths. Multiplied by ten is going to be 350. Sorry, 35 multiplied by ten is going to be 35055 minus three-fifths is going to be minus 29 to five. So if I will press enter, you will see that that's the correct answer, which is minus two-ninths. Define what it proves that we need to follow the universal pattern we just bought mask. Now let's say if I were to type this formula like this, 55 minus 35 bracket flows multiplied by ten. Now what will happen? First two bracket need to be taken care so 55 minus 352020 multiplied by 10200 is the answer. So that's the importance of mathematical operators. Now, let me give you a few more examples. Over here, you can see sales figure has been given an overhead. Cost figures have given, I need to get the profit. So how to get the profit? Very simple, sales, subtract by cost. So I need to apply a formula that is equal to this particular cell. So I will simply select this cell. So what is this cell? This is d phi. I will select this cell and here you can see B5 cell reference has been considered. Now B5 minus this particular cell which is C5. So you can go ahead and type by yourself also all other lines. That's a good practice that you are selecting a cell or giving the cell reference like this. So V Pi minus c by another important aspect is here you can see the color of v phi, which is blue in color. And here also the cell bending up selected that, that's indicated in blue in color. Now C5 is somewhat a reddish, and here again, it is being indicated in red color. Let me press enter. We will get the answer. Now. I need to get the answer for all these particular data. So what I can do, I can drag it. We have learned autofill, so here we need to drag it off. We need to do auto-fill. What will happen when we have dragged it? Let's say this is the cell where we have applied the formula V Pi minus c pi when we drag it downwards. So here you can see it has been changed to B6 minus C6 means this is known as cell reference. Means whenever we are moving downwards, then a row reference will change always. And if we are moving in the right side or maybe in the left side, then column reference will change. Now because of this particular nature, this is known as a relative reference. Because of this particular relative reference, we have got the answer for these two cells also. Now, because of this, I can simply drag it like this and I will have the answer in all the cells. Okay? Now, I will let you know about the cell reference even in more depth. In other videos. Now, we have got the profit over here. And once I've got the profit in a single cell, I've dragged it and I bought the answer in older cells. Now, there is a very important aspect that you read to understand that whenever you are applying a mathematical function, you need to have a good understanding of the function, or at least you should know the function, then you can apply. It's not like axle will do a magic for you. You are, you should have a mathematical understanding. Excel will do that calculation for you. As simple as that actually is not going to think from your point of view, but Excel can do the calculation for you. You will have to set the calculation first. To set the calculation, you should know the universal law, which is about mass. Which operators do what? That knowledge we must have. Let's say I'm into this data. Here. There's a simple task which has been given, let's say the unit test is out of poverty. Here the score is like 271423. So this code is out of 30. In hopefully the score is out of hundreds. And in final also there's four is out of hundreds. So we have got three important information. Now on the basis of this, what we need to get, we need to get the weightage of unit tests. And the weightage of unit test is just ten per cent. Out of this Tati is called if the student has 427 and it's weightage is ten per cent, then how much value should come here? Similarly, the half-life is called weightage is just 20%. And final exam weightages. Very good, which is 70 per cent. Now, whatever weightage is going to come here. So we just 17201000. So these need to be added. An overall total need to come over here in total column. Just pause this video and give it a try. Now if you are given a try and you have got the result properly than well and good. And now, here is the solution. Now why I've given this particular solution? Because first of all, you need to have an understanding of equation so that you can do it over here. Now, let me do one thing. Let me go to File Options. Customize Ribbon. And what I'm looking for, I'm looking for Drawdown. Let me go for Ink to Math. Now. Here what I'm going to do, I'm going to apply a very simple mathematical funder. That is a cross multiplication. In many cases, it is very helpful. So the cross multiplication is going to be like this. Let's say if the student has cold turkey and the weightage he will get is ten equal to. If the student has called, let's say this is the score 27, which is in cell B2. If the student has code 27, how much should be the score? That is x? Now, how do we find out that we do the cross multiplication? That is this and this needs to be multiplied, and this and this needs to be multiplied. Okay? Now, what will happen in the next? We will do ten multiplied by 27. Because this needs to be multiplied by this. And that's going to be divided by t. So that will be the x value. So we will find out that if the weightage of t is tan, that one, What's going do the weightage of 27? That's the formula we need to apply. So here you can see ten multiplied by Twenty-seven divided by 13. So how this is going to be over here. Let me insert this. Okay, So this just a image, actually, this is just for reference purposes. That's not going to solve any problem. Over here. Let me, I'm setting my cursor equal to what needs to be done. First, ten multiplied by 27. So this means I'm tapping ten multiplied by. Now, I will not take 27 by myself because I want to make this particular formula dynamic. What is the meaning of dynamic? By dynamic, I mean, whenever I'm going to drag it, I should get the answer for all the other cells, also. For Pankaj, for pin tool and so on. So rather than typing a 27, I will select the cell which is having the value which I'm looking, what I'm looking for. So I will select this cell. So ten multiplied by b2 divided by Turkey that we need to put by ourselves. So here the dynamic feature is V2 only are the relative feature is v2 on this cell. Now, when we will drag it, we will get the answer for B3 also for before, also in front of that. So let me enter. So here I've got a weightage. So let me drag it. We have got dancer. Means if the student a weightage is going to be ten, if they have scored than what their weight is going to be if they have scored on T7. So that's 958 and respectively here you can see also, if it's 30, then ten is the weightage. So applying the same formula, we will get the voltage over here also. How it's going to be is going to be now 20, because the weightage is 20 multiplied by this particular cell divided by now a 100 because here this particular test is out of 100. Okay? And again here also, we have got the result. Now. Let's get final equal to. Now. First of all, we need to give, let's admit it. So that is 70 multiplied by this particular cell divided by a 139 and dry it. We have got the answer over here also. Now total, I will need to know how we do need. Now how do we need to calculate the total equal to this voltage plus this voltage, plus this voltage. Fine, and drag it. Here you can see we have got the result. So this is how calculation need to be set. Now this is not required over here and no need to worry. I will make you understand about this Draw tab separately. Altogether. This is a very important and interesting new feature which has been added. So this is a further video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 9. Math Function in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand about math functions. Now, it is for the first time that we are doing our function. Remember before that we have done a formula with the help of mathematical operators, not a function. Now, here we are going to apply a function to be specific math functions. Now first of all, here we have got the data. You can see sales data marketing called data and profit data as well. Now, I need to get the total of this particular series data. So how to do that? Now, we can apply a formula or function with the name some. So as I've told you, we can always start a function with equal two sign. Giving equal to is very important. So I've given you do. After that, I will have to start, I think the formula needs. I'm giving the movement. You will start typing of particular function or formula. You will get to see these suggestions. These are known as function named solutions. Okay, Now, here, because I've just typed S. So there are many functions which are starting with S. So I've got the solution of all this. Now. I'm tapping you because some of you, I've typed. Now I can see I'm getting a limited options, which I want a force. And here in the third position, I can see the sum function is there. I want to use that. Now. One of the approach can be I can type some by myself. I can start the bucket also. And I can go with the function or otherwise. Let's, I've typed as you, I want to use the sum function. I can go to some function like this with the help of Arrow. And after that, all the type of mouth also. And after that you can press simply tab or with the mouse. You can do that like this. Or you can press tables like this. Now the movement, you will press Tab or you can do a double-click, then you will get a complete function. And you will get to see the first bracket also. Okay? Now this is a good practice in order to avoid mistakes. Now, we have applied a function, we have started the bracket also. You can see number one, number two. This is very important over here To understand these arguments. These are called arguments. The arguments are of two types. First argument is compulsory albumen. Second type of arguments are optional argument. Now, how to identify them? Here you can see number one is returned without any square bracket then no bracket. So this is an indication that it's a compulsory argument. And if you can see this number two, there is a square bracket. This means this is an optional argument. It is not compulsory to give. If you are not going to give a number two, then there won't be any error. Function will not generate any n. Let's say number one. What all the things you can do. As a number one, I can type anything by myself, like this. Coma. Number two, again, under other number two, I can type anything by myself. Now in number one and number two, I can have the option to select a single cell like this. Or I can select the range of cell like this. Yes, it is possible. Now. Number one, I have selected this particular range comma. Now as a number two, I can give a range of like this bracket close and I will get done. So here you can see. Now, let me delete this. I'm tapping the sum function once again. And as a number one, I have selected this particular day. I have not given number two. I will close the bracket. I will enter again. I will take the answer. Because number two, as I've told you, is an optional argument. It's not compulsory to give. If that is being required in a function. Whatever function you are applying, if it is too bright, then you can use it otherwise, you can avoid that. So there are two types of arguments. First one is a compulsory, second one is optional. How to identify them? Compulsory without bracket and optional arguments, our width, square bracket, or we can say big bracket. Now, I want to total the sales figure of this particular data. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to apply some. After that. I'm going to do the selection of this particular range. Either you can do the selection like this. Another way of doing it. You can press Control, Shift and down arrow key. And make sure that particular cell where you are applying a formula, that cell has not been selected. You need to make sure that once you have done this bracket close and Enter, you will get the answer. Now, if I need to get the sum of this cost range and this particular profit range. Also, I need to apply some formula. Again. I can simply select this particular cell where I bought a total of d column. I can simply drag it towards, right. And I will get the answer. Here. You can see that this sum function can be applied. There is another important aspect of applying our function, spatially math function. I'm giving you one example. I want to sum this particular cell. So I'm just highlighting the difference purpose, you know, to make you understand this particular cell, also, this particular cell as well. One way of doing it equal to this cell plus this cell, plus this cell. Okay? I've got the answer. Another way of doing it equal to some. Number one, this particular cell comma number two, this particular cell, number three, this particular cell bracket, close Enter. Now we can use both these methods. Which method is good? Of course, some method is good, means the mathematical function that we have applied is better than the operators overhead, at least why is it? So let's say for some reason in the sales data, sham figure is not available. So here it is written. And what will happen over here, you can see it's generating function error, which is value, because it's not being able to identify that it's a text, not a number, is not able to avoid that. What the math function is going to do is going to avoid this. I'm going to add the rest of that. Overall, not going to generate any sort of that's the advantage of applying a math function. Now that's the way to apply some function we have understood. Now another function is average function. I've applied average, going to select the range like this. When you're not being able to see the formula over here, you always, you didn't see the formula bar here for the reference purpose, ragged clothes. And I bought the average. Now, apart from this one to the count. So over here, I need to count. So I'm applying account formula. Count bracket, Start going to do the selection of this particular range. Ragged clothes enter. Now it is giving 35. What is 358 is counting how many cells are there? How many cell I have selected over here, 123. So that's the account actually 35. It's giving me the count. Now. It counts only the cell which is having the value. Let's say I'm deleting this cell intentionally. So over here you can see that it's coming 34 because it's a blank cell, so it's not going to count this. Again. I'm deleting the cell also. So over here you can see that T3 is coming. Another important aspect is off count function that it doesn't count a text also, it counts only values. Okay? So let's say over here I'm typing a, b, c. Now, here it is right now 23, let me press Enter. You can see 32 is coming because again, it counts only value. It doesn't context, it doesn't count blank. Now in place of count function. So I need to make a change over here. So what I can do, I can simply double-click over here. I can go to the Formula bar also. Okay, so I'm double-clicking over here and I'm making a slight change. So in place of count, I'm applying count a function. Now what is the use of COUNTIF function similar to count function. It doesn't count blank, but it counts texts. So it count that as well as value. So that's the reason Thirty-three is coming over here. And let's say if I'm typing any text, it will remain 33. There's not going to be an impact. But if there is a blank cell, of course there is going to be impacted because count and COUNTA function of both doesn't count blank or doesn't consider blank cell. What is the difference in county and county? County counts value plus tax and count function comes only value. Now, there is another function over here, I'm coming and I'm giving count blank. Okay? So count blank, brackets star than the range. The overall formulas same. Enter. Now the counter blank function is going to count only blank cell. Overall there are three, One, 23 blank cells. So that's what it's counting. So overall, there are three variation of consumption. In the basic math function. There are even more functional like COUNTIF and COUNTIFS that we will understand lateral. Apart from this, there is a function called max. So I'm going to apply max. Going to select the range bracket, close Enter. It will give me the maximum value in this particular range. Similarly, there is a minimum functions I'm applying a MIN record start. So that's minimum function. Selecting the range bracket close. Okay, So this is a very good example of a reference error, circular reference error. Why it is coming because I've selected the range where I'm applying the formula. You can see there see 40, sometimes it's happened. So when I was selecting the range, I've selected the range also where I was applying a formula, so I need to correct this. Let me see 39 to manually I've made changes. So that's the minimum function which is going to tell what is the minimum value in this particular range, we just do 132. Now, I've told you about max function. I've told you about minimum function also. What happened in that particular data? I want to get the second highest number. Max value gives me the highest number. What about if I need to get a second highest number or let's say the third highest number. For that purpose, we have got a large function. So I'm going to apply large array. I'm going to do the selection of this particular range. Then I'm going to give coma. And then you can see over here, k is coming. Now what is k? K means instance number. Now, if I will give one, then similar to max function, it will give me the highest number. And this is the highest number in this particular data, which is 791. But what is the specialty of it? Let's say in place of one, if I will give to, then it will give me the second highest number in this data, which is 7885. Similarly, in place of two, if I will give three, again, it will give me the third highest number. Now similar to large function, we have got small function also. I'm applying small, going to select the range. Okay? Coma. And again other k, Let's say if I will give one, so it will give me the smallest number in this data. Again, if I will apply to, it, will give me the second smallest number in this data. Okay, so till now we have understood total means, sum function. We have understood average function, we have understood count, county, count, blank function, max, minimum, large and small functions. Now there is one very special function, but before I'm going to need to understand about their particular function, let me tell you that why we need to use that particular function. Now in this data over here, if we will look upon since data, let me apply the sum function once again. Now, another way of applying some function is over here you can see this particular option. So there is a shortcut also which is old and plus equal to sign, means if you are going to press Alt and plus equal to button in your system, then also, you will get that some over here. That's the same formula. That's the allodynia actually. For this, it is very important. There should be a consistency in your data means there should not be any blank cell, there should not be any text in between. Then it works very fine. Now we have what the sum, the sum value is 1578958. Remember this for that. You can remember this. I'm typing this over here. Now, that's the sum. We have got our sales data. Let's say I need to apply a filter. I will go to Data, Filter and indices data. I want to see only the figures is greater than 60 thousand. I'm going for this number filter option, going for greater than option and overhear and giving 60 thousand. Don't need to worry on filter. I will give you altogether a separate training. Now, I've applied this particular filter, and right now, I'm only able to see the figures which is greater than 60 thousand, so that's the figure. Unfortunately, you can see there is no difference in total, which is some. It is showing me the sum of all the data, not the data which is greater than 60 thousand. Now, the function that I'm going to tell you specialty of that is whenever we are applying a printer, the answer is going to change accordingly. So let me clear this filter and I'm going to apply that particular formula. So what is that formula? It is uploaded. So I'm going to apply subtotal. Now in the subtotal here you can see there are lots of functions which I've mentioned. Those are all mathematical function. I want to do some. And you can see nine, number is sum. You can simply select this like this. And if you know the function number, you can directly type that also. Hi one comma function number I've given night. That's an indication that I want to do some similarly, you can do average, you can do count also. I'm giving the example with the help of some function number. I've given nine bracket and then the reference data, data is this one. So I'm going to do the selection of this particular range. I have selected the range bracket close Enter. And again, you can see I've got the result, the same result that I've worked with some function also because I have noted down over here. Fine, now let's check whether it's served our purpose or not. So I'm going to the filter once again going phone number for either greater than option. And here I'm giving greater than 60 thousand, Okay? And now you can see here, I'm getting the sum of only these figures. Those are greater than 60 thousand because here the figure is six lakh, 96,100 and overall data some is this one. This is the specialty of subtotal function. So if you have bought a data of where you need to apply filter again and again. And there's a high probability of that rather than direct mathematical function, you can go for subtotal function as well. So this is a further video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 10. Advance Math Function in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand few more advanced level math functions. Now, before we proceed, we need to understand this particular data. Here, name is mentioned, is from the city that is mentioned is a region is also being mentioned. But it's his employment type and how much of sales he or she has done. So that is being mentioned over here. So this is the data of employees of around, you can say, 64. Based on this particular data, we have got few potions and we need to answer them. Means we need to provide the solution. While we are providing the solution, we will understand this advanced math function. So let's jump into the first portion, that is some above 100 links. You can see this particular column, which is the sales unit column. In this sales unit column, we have got the sales related data that how much sales has happened. Now, we need to sum only the sales unit, which is above a 100. So we need not to sum all the sales unit, but only the cells which are above 100. So we need to do some of course, but we need to do some based on a condition. Here. The condition is above and if so, how to go about this? So I'm setting my cursor over here. I need to get the answer. So I will apply equal to I will give some. Now under summit, the first argument is range. So you need to give the range first. Now, this particular range means criteria. Range means what is the criteria that is above a 100 where in the unit range. So that's the criteria range. So there are two ways of making the selection. Either you may come here and can do the selection like this. Now, one of the easiest way to do the selection is to do the selection like this. So I've selected this complete E column, Fine comma. After that, we need to give the criteria here. The second argument is criteria. Now, what is the criteria that is above a 100? Now, whatever is the criteria you need to give that criteria within quotation means within inverted comma. So I'm giving the double inverted comma, giving the condition which is above. This is the greater than symbol, so greater than 100. Quotation close comma. And after that, the final argument is some range. If you will see here the summer range argument that is in square brackets. This means this is an optional argument. What is some range? We have given the criteria range, which is the sales unit range. Now, which range we want to solve? In this particular case, we want to sum. The sales unit range only means over here the criteria, the intimates this particular range at summary, our scene, but we can give the summary. So let's am selecting this particular rate once a bracket close Enter, and we have got the answer which is 3421. We're going to do the sum of all the sales unit, which I've ever 100, we will get the answer, which is 3421. Now, one important aspect is if, let's say this particular summer rains. If I'm not giving here, I've given the range, which is the criterion. I have given the criteria, which is ever 100. I have not given them some range. But then also we will get the answer. The reason it's being here, criteria range and some range is same. So in this particular scenario, giving the sum range is not compulsory. We will understand this even better in the next example. Here the question is, some sales unit only Google CT values. Now, over here you can see CPR mentioned. Now, we need to do the sum of sales who need only of those people who are from Google region. So I'm going to apply some IP once again. First of all, range, now arrangements, criteria, range and criteria over here, this bulldog. Now, we need to select this particular ring. So we have given B column comma, then the criteria. What is the criteria? Google, simply within the quotation you can type goes off. Now while I'm typing the Google, it is very important that you are not making any spelling mistakes. Comma now some range, now some ranges, which one, cell phone and things. Now, in this particular scenario, criteria range and some range are different. Over here, giving the sum range is compulsory. Okay, so I'm selecting this particular sum range, which is the E column bracket close and we have got the answer. That is, all the employees who are from Google region. If we will add their sales unit, we will get that 1348 amount. Okay. Next is average of sales unit from north. So here you can see region is mentioned. Now we need to find out the average of sales unit who are from north region. Okay? So here it's asking for the average based on condition. So we will apply averages. Now, first of all, we need to give the range means criteria. Criteria is not. So this particular column means C column needs to be selected. So I'm selecting the complete column like this comma. After this, we need to give the criteria. Criteria is not simply within the quotation. I will type not comma and then the average range. So average range, we are looking for the average of sales unit only. So that's the rate we need to select. I've selected this range bracket close Enter, and we have got the average, which is 1.062503. Now the last condition is count number of agent accounting function is likely different from sum and average function. It is even more easy because there are not three arguments but rather two arguments always. How? Let's see. So over here, I'm going to apply COUNTIF. Now first of all, we need to give the range means criteria range. And criteria over here is Agents. So I'm going to select this particular range, which is the five-year range comma. After that, we need to give the criteria. Criteria is agent and look at the data here. The spelling of agent is like this. So that's the same spelling we will have to follow here agent bracket close. And that's it because there are no third argument. You can see only two arguments are there, bracket close, and Andrew. We have got a number of agents, which is 35. Now over here, there was only one condition. What will happen if there are more than one condition? I'm giving you the example. Let's say Let's come to this particular portion that is some sales unit from North and permanent. Now, we need to find out the sum of sales you need only. But there are two conditions. First, the candidate should be from north region, and second, the employment tax would be permanent. Now there are more than one condition. So some will not serve the purpose. Rather we will have two summers. Okay, So I've applied summit function. Now. First is some range. Now this is the difference between a summit and some apes structure is slightly different. That is, over here. First of all, you will have to give the summary. So what is the summary? Summary is sales unit, which is this particular column, E column. So first of all, I'm selecting this one comma, then the criteria range one, because there are many criteria you can give. So first, it's asking for the first criteria. Not the criteria, but criteria range one. So let's say if I'm considering not other criteria one, you can consider even permanent as the criteria one. So sequence doesn't matter. Let's end considering not other criteria one, but I need to give the range first. Naught is in which during this particular range with this particular column, which is the C column. So I'm selecting the criteria range one, which is this one comma. After that, I need to give criteria one. Now, in this particular range, what is the criteria? Criteria is not. So within quotation, I'm giving naught comma. Then criteria range to, now criteria to I'm considering which is permanent. It is asking me to give the range first. So ranges this particular column comma and then the criteria. And the criteria is permanent. Fine. That's it. Quotation, close, bracket, close. And if there are even more conditions, you can see right here the three is also coming. So similarly, you can keep on giving criteria. Anyway. Here it is not your guide. Let me close the bracket and Enter. Okay. This may happen. I believe that's because of the spelling mistake. Let me correct this copy. Here you can see permanent any anti-A given actually, let me correct this, enter and we have got the answer. So all those candidates who are from north region and their employment that is permanent, if we will add their sales unit, That's the unit total we will get, which is 651. Let's move to the next portion, which is find average of sales unit above 100 and permanent. There are two conditions. First, since then it has to be above a 100. Employment type should be permanent. And what we need to find out, we need to find out the average oxygens in it on that basis. So I'm going to apply average. Not if, but rather average. The first is the average range. So salesmen, it is the average range. We need to find out the average of say, infinite only. So we will select this range. Comma criteria range one. Now criteria one you can consider is about a 100 or permanent. So let's say I'm considering a 100 other criteria, one, but we need to give the range post. So we need to select this range once again, because over here, we have selected this range as the average range. Now we need to select this particular range in order to other criteria range. So I'm selecting this range once again, comma. After that, we need to give criteria one other criteria, one is whatever, hundreds. So within quotation and giving our contract comma, then criteria range to. Now criteria to is permanent. So criteria range to I'm giving this one and criteria to is permanent. So I am giving Burma fine. Petition close bracket, close and enter. So again, the same mistake because this is happening because of the auto, correct. That's the actual spelling. Permanent. Any anti should be there. That's the wrong spelling. Let me correct this one. Once I've corrected this one over here also, it's been corrected. Fine. So we have got the average, which is 124. Fine. Let's move to the next portion which is count agent from Nevada. How many agents are there, who are from Udacity? We need to count that. We need to apply COUNTIFS. Criteria range one. Now, I'm considering Nevada other criteria one so criteria range one, I'm giving this one. Coma. Criteria one is gonna be noise. Criteria, one is gonna be neither. Then criteria range to now criteria when considering agents. So criteria range to I'm giving this particular column which is D. And criteria to I'm giving agent condition close bracket, close, and we have got the answer. So there are eight agents who are from Udacity. Now, another question is count agent from north region. You can give a try and you can get the answer. Now, there is another important aspect that we need to understand, which are wildcards. So over here you can see the first wildcard is asterix sign. And you can see it is written not character specific. So whenever you are searching something or if you are writing a query where it is not characteristic, you can use aesthetic sign. Question mark is indicating character's specific query. What I mean, I'm going to explain this with the help of example. Let's say this is the column called name. Now, I want to know for some reason how many candidates are there whose names are starting with a phi one to count all those employees. So number of employees whose name is starting with a so that's my account name starting with a flying. So how to apply? I'm going to apply counted. That's because I'm one to the count. Now, range means criteria. Range criteria is based on names. So criteria range is going to be this particular column which is a column comma, then the criteria. Now other criteria I can't give mean, I can't give a because that's going to be equal to a. And I will get 0 because there is no name where only a is written. I want to know all the names we just starting with a. What is after a, we don't know how many characters after. That is also not a concern. But that name is starting with a. So what we're going to do, we're going to type a and then we will give asterix sign means not characters. After a, something is there. How many characters are there? That's not specific. So that's the reason I giving asterix sign. So that's the wildcard. Let me press Enter. Here. You can see I've got the answer. There are names we just talking with a now, what is this question mark, I've saved? This is character specific coin. Let's say I want to know all the names which is starting with a. That's fine. But after a data for characters like this particular name, aria by a and four characters. Okay? So what I'm going to do, I'm not going to provide this aesthetic sine, rather what I will do 1234. So this indicates character specific query. So there are three names we just starting with a and there are four characters after that. Now, there are many usefulness of the wildcards. Here. I'm going to give you the task. So after listening that task, pause the video, give it a try. What is the task over here? This is the real data, actually, the name of this particular data is real data. Over here, what you need to do, you need to count all the Yahoo ID. Now, Yahoo can be yahoo.yahoo.com, yahoo dot, dot in also. However, in this data you need to count how many Yahoo emails are there. Okay, give it a try. So hopefully you have given a try and you have got the answer also. Let me try over here. So I need to give a count function, specifically count if after that, we need to select the rain. So I'm selecting this particular range comma. And then the criteria. Now the criteria is Yahoo ID. Within quotation, I will give aesthetic sign because before Yahoo, what is there? I don't know, but something is there. Of course, the name after that at the rate sign, given asterix sign. Then I've typed up. Now after Yahoo again, what is there? I'm not certain because it can be.com.au dot in order also. So again, I will give asterisk sign for addition, close bracket, close Enter. And we have got the answer. Means in this data there are 40 Yahoo. So hopefully you have understood this advanced math function and the importance of wildcard as well. Visit for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 11. Database Math Function: Welcome back students. So in this particular video, we are going to understand a very important function, which is database function. Now. Till now we have done few main function. We have done advanced math function as well, which is some averages and so on. Now, what extra data this function has to offer? A few of the database functions are few of the functionality of database function will be equivalent to what we have done till now. And there are two extra feature. So once we will do, we will be able to understand it properly. In order to make you understand properly. I have a design this in this particular manner. So we have got names, city, regional, employment type, and sales unit. That's the same data that we have used in order to understand that once met function. Here as a criteria range. Because in database function, I will have to give the criteria range. And this is the gradual range. I'm going to consider. This one. Let's see here what I'm looking for. I'm looking for sum, average count, maximum and minimum, also based on the conditions over here. Okay, fine. So let, let's start. So here I'm applying a deep sum. Now, in this database function, there are only three arguments. First one is database, second one is spin, and the third one is collect data one by one. We are going to understand this. First, we will have to give the database. This is the complete database over here that you can see. Okay, so let me select this Complete database. I'm pressing function can afford in order to make it constant. Okay, comma. Now next, we will have to give them very carefully. You will have to give the field name. Let's say here, the field that I want to consider it says on it, because that's the way that we want to have that sum. So either you can type like this sales unit. There should not be any spelling mistake. This is one way. Indefinitely you can give the cell reference like this. Again, I'm making it constant. Now comes the criteria argument. As a criteria, I'm going to select like this. Remember, just do the selection of headings and the below row after the headings. So this is the selection I have done. Function g and f for. That will be fine. They get close and right now it is giving me the sum of 6201. Till now we have not applied any condition at all. That's the reason. First of all, let me drag it over here. And let me change the functions of diesel into average count, max or Min. You're here. Not be some I'm looking for, I'm looking for the average. Fine. I'm looking for a discount. Fine. Now, this is another important aspect that there is no maximum function as such. So here I'm mentioning d max. And here I'm mentioning the minimum. Okay, that would be sufficient and you are being able to see that we have got the answers, but that's all complete data. Now let's say here in the city, I'm mentioning, know IDA. And here you can see the difference. Now, if we will consider means V1, since you need some of Nevada City only then this is the answer averages this one, count 12 means overall there is there are 912 interests of Nevada. The maximum values of sales unit in-order is 1 fifth, and minimum is 71. Let's say, I want to know, means all those candidates who are from noise and their region is, let's ignore what is the sales on it. So that's the sum average. Overall, there are three candidates who belongs to neither city and the region is not. And let's say, I'm looking for how many of them are agents? Accordingly, it's giving us the result. So let me remove this condition. Fine. Now, let's say there are two conditions from a single pill. Let's say I want to get the sum of sales who need of all those candidates who are from noise. And from Delhi means it's an either condition. Either they have to be from Nevada or maybe from them. But the problem with sum, average and count tips that we have learned multiple, even if we are applying on multiple criteria that's based on our condition. And condition. Let's say let me show you I'm applying some tips and other some range. Let's say I'm selecting this one. Function key F4 comma after that criteria range. So criteria range is this one. Again, function g and F4 comma. Now the criteria, criteria, Let's say I'm giving no other. Okay, That's the one condition coma. Now criteria range two. Again, I'm going to select this particular ring as a criteria to I'm making it constant now criteria to, I've told that this, how are we supposed to apply a function, but that's not at all condition, there's an end condition. What it's saying, It's saying we want to have the sum of sales unit of all those candidates who are from noise as well as from daily. So that's not possible in a single cell either. We have no other alternative. So it's going to give us 0 because there is no such criteria. Okay? So the solution to that is again, a database function. But here we even have to be careful because let's say I'm coming here. And in this criteria option, I'm doing the selection of these two row, these two extra row. Let's say I have selected two number row and now I've selected the third row as well because I'm going to set another condition over here. Then it will not work effectively now, because here it's coming as total sum. So if you have made a selection of multiple rows, means two rows or three rows, then you will have to set condition. Then only it will give you a correct answer. Let's say here I've set Nevada and here I'm going to give them, then it's going to work properly. So here you can see the answer is 2659 overall counties 12. If we have any doubt, Let's check. So I'm going to apply a filter. And in the city, I'm selecting Delete and Nevada. Okay. Let me do the selection of this. Now here you can see the sum is coming as 2659. Don't be confused by average and count because I have not applied the conditions over here. Let me apply the condition over here. Let's say I am selecting the criteria as like this. So definitely it will give me the right answer. Okay? So this is how database mathematical functions need to be applied. And this is their advantage. Does it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 12. Subtotal Function in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand subtotal function. This very important function. Now, it doesn't do anything new. What it does, it does some average count, maximum, minimum, sound similar means. All these aspects or all these tasks has been performed with the individual math functionality. What is the use of subtotal? Subtotal, when you are applying a subtotal, then you are having the flexibility to play with other tools to make it dynamic. We will see it later on. In this particular video, we are going to see it in a simple manner how subtotal function works. Another advantage of it that we will see in this video is that it functions great with filter. Let me explain. Here is a data where we have got name, city, region, employment type, and sales unit. And for the sales unit, I need to get the sum. Over here, I'm going to apply sum function. And I'm going to do the selection of this data. I've selected the complete column, which is the column, bracket close enter, and you will see that I've got the sum, which is 6201. That's absolutely correct. Let me do the selection of this data also and here you can see, this is the sum and it's working absolutely fine. Now how subtotal function can be applied? It is quite simple to apply the subtotal function. Let me show you. Over here, I'm applying the subtotal function so that you can see what is the difference between sum function or any other math function and using the subtotal function. I'm going to apply equal to subtotal. After that, here you can see all the function reference is being given. If you want average as an output, you can select one as an index number, two for count, three for counter, four for max, minimum. Here. However, I want sum to happen, which is the index number which is nine, can simply type nine by yourself manually or otherwise, you can do the selection like this. After that, you need to give the reference one means the reference cell or the reference range. After that, giving reference to also means once you have done the selection of first range, you can give the second range also if there is any. Anyways, I need to give the reference one only, so I'm going to do the selection of this range like this. I've selected E column, Bracket close, that's it and enter. This is how it works and it has given me the same answer some function has given us. Rather than if I don't want some, let's say, I want something else. I want maximum value. In this particular range, I can select four as an index number, and here you can see I'm getting the different result. However, I want sum only. Fine. Now, what is the advantage of it? I have told you two advantages. First, we can play dynamically and that is being used in the dashboard and we will understand that later on. But the second important aspect is that it works great with filter. What I mean, let's say over here, I'm going to apply a filter by going to the data and apply a filter. It's quite simple. Now, I need to get the filtered result. Let's say region wise, I want to see only east region data. I have deselected all I've selected east and click on Okay here you can see only east data is reflecting, but here is the magic. You can see the sum function is giving me a total of the total range, but the subtotal function is giving me a total of only selected east range. We can do the selection of the range and you can see it is giving me correct answer. Let's say the region is east and the employment type is permanent. Here you can see it has been updated once again. Let me remove the filter and you can see it came back to normal figure. This is how subtotal function works. The advantage is that I'm repeating that that it works great with filter. If you have filtered the data, it will update the result. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 13. IF Function in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to have an understanding about IF function. Now, before we get into IF function, we need to have understanding about logical test. So what is logical test? Logical test can be applied with the help of logical operators or conditional operator. You can say there are four types of logical operator. First one is greater than and that's the symbol for it. Okay? Now, next is less than, and that's the symbol for it. Now, it's depending upon means. The portion where it is open that can be considered as grader here, that Gator part will be there and where it is closed, the last part will be there. In general, we applied this other data, then we apply this as a less than when we will apply this practically You will have even more understanding. Apart from this, this is the symbol for people to sign. This one is four equal to sign, and this one is four does not equal to. So what I've done, I've given one less than, one greater than. So that's the indication of does not equal two. These are for logical operators. Now, based on this logical operators, you can apply logical test. While you are applying a logical test, it will give you the output in Boolean. And in Boolean. There are only two types. First one is true, and the second one is false. Means you will get the result whether that particular logical test or the condition is true or that is false. Now, over here, I'm going to make you understand with the help of example. You can see the student's name and accordingly their respective score in unit tests, their weightage hopefully weighted, final, vetted, and overall total score. Now on the basis of their total score, we want some results. Now, we want to check, let's say that whether the student had scored more than 40 or not. Okay. Why is it so for that, we can check whether they are parcel not and there's a condition let's say they have to score more than 40 in order to pass. If their score is 40 or less than, they will be considered. So first of all, we will have to apply the logical test like this. Any logical test is going to be started with the equal to sign. So I will do the equal to sign. And after that, I'm selecting this cell is the cell reference, which is H2. Now I'm going to check whether this particular cell value is less than. So I've given the less than symbol 40. Enter. Now here you can see the answer is coming as false, means this particular cell is not less than 40. Definitely we can see that. But the good part is when we are going to drag it didn't have the answer in all the cells. The result is coming as false. This means their score is greater than 14. However, if it's coming through this means there's four is less than 40. Now, you can see here for t n, it can be confusing because this is in decimal sector is all. Let me put the decimal symbol. Actually this score is 39.7. So accordingly, we are getting the correct result. Now, similar to this, if I'm going to apply, Let's say, equal to whether this particular cell value is greater than 40. That is another way of applying it. And here, if the answer is true, this means the cell values greater than 40 and that student is okay. And if I'm going to drag it here, it's going to change. Means if it is false, then it is considered a spin. If it's true, then there will be considered us past. So when you are applying a logical test, it's up to you whether you are going with the less than symbol, all greater than symbol, that's up to you all together. Okay? Apart from this, there isn't equal to symbol. Let's say I'm applying equal to whether this particular cell value, which is the final exam, is equal to 49. And here you can see yes, it is equal to 49. It will come as true. Here. Again, let's say I'm applying whether this particular cell value, which is 49, does not equal 249. Now, if I'm going to apply function like this, then it's going to check whether this particular set value is does not equal 249, but it is equal to 49. So it will come as a false because I've applied a does not equal to symbol. So according to the requirement, you will have the logical operators. Now coming to our task. That is to check whether the student's score is 40 or less because that will be considered as failed. So again, I'm going to apply the function equal to this particular cell value is less than or equal to 40. We can apply to logical operators if it makes sense, then, so I've applied whether this particular cell value is less than or equal to 40. If the condition of this particular output is going to be two, this means their score is less than 40 and they will be considered pain. However, if it's coming false, then they will be considered fast. Okay, So we have got the result. Now, let's move to the next step that is to apply IT IF function. Now what is the use of a function? That's an extension of logical desk because logical test is not going to give me an answer according to what I'm looking for, it will give me an answer in Boolean that is true and false. I want the answer to come as a pass or fail, That's attacks. So I will have to have black IF function we have given if racket start, the first argument is logical test. So what is the logical test? That's the logical test we have applied over here. So there's the same logical test we need to apply. We can select this cell also. What's not too Bye. What we can do, we can select this cell means if this particular cell value, which contains the score is less than or equal to 40. Now that's the logical test. We are going to apply. The same logical test we have applied over here. Comma value F2 means if this logical test output is true, what value you want this logical test output is true. This means that cell value is less than or equal to 40. This means that candidate is free. So what we want in a value of two failed to come. So within quotation, we will have to give comma value false. Otherwise. Otherwise the students score is not less than or equal to what these other greater than 42 value false what is going to be passed? So within quotation, we will get past decade close Enter. And we have got the answer. And I've dragged it, and we have got the answer for each student's. This function needs to be applied. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 14. Nested IF in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to have understanding about yesterday. Now what is the term nested? Nested means as far as functions are concerned, when you are using multiple functions in a single string of function in order to release to the desired result. Now, we have seen that while applying IT IF function in a single IF function, we may have a one thing as a tool and we can have another result as a fault. Now, what will happen if we have got more than those conditions? Let's say over here. If the score is less than 40, then fail. If the score is 40 to 60, dentists compartment, and if it is above 60 than past. So there are three conditions for how to go about this. So over here, we will have to nest if under f, Okay? Now it's not limited to only IF function. In other functions also, we can nest as per the requirement and we will learn it for no need to worry. So first of all, let me apply the function. How to go about this. So equal to, okay? Whenever you are applying the function, go for left alignments so that it should not overlap the cells, which might be you are using inner function. So I'm going to apply f. Now first is logical test. So logical test is whether this particular cell value is less than or equal to 40. Comma value of two means. If this condition is true, means if it's less than 40, then what we want, we want to go. Now up till that point, we have done already. And value if false, we have given past. But here, there is another condition, and that condition is 40 to 60 is compartment. Okay? So what we're going to do, we're not going to close it with false value means over here, what we are going to do, we're going to nest another F. And after that, we can apply another logical test. Now the logical test is what if this particular cell value is less than or equal to 60? Now, how this is going to work. Now, there is a very important aspect that in IF function, whatever you are going to apply, the function will lock on. That means if you have applied less than or equal to 40 failed. And after that in a logical desk, if you are going to apply less than or equal to t, Let's it for that logical condition, will not have any impact at all because you have applied the less than or equal to 40 before that particular condition. But however, if I'm going to apply this particular cell value, if having less than or equal to 60 value than opt-in for things locked. So it will consider after 40, so it will become 40 to 60. Condition means what's going to happen? If the cell value is between 40 to 60, What's going to happen? It's going to be compartment fine, comma value false. Now, what remains if it's less than 4040 to 60 happens compartment? Otherwise, it's going to be above 60 only. So that will be passed. Now because we have applied two if condition. So we will give to bracket to close it. And here you can see we have got the answer. Let me drag it and we're having the answer. So under nesting metallurgy in, if it is very important to understand that whatever condition you have applied, the function is going to be locked on that. So that's the most important part. So give it a try. And after that, you will have to go for a task that I'm going to give you. The task is you will have to apply these functions, of course, less than 4040 to 60 compartments if you have a pass. But apart from this, you will have to go for this also. In this particular data, whoever have scored the highest number, topper should come in front of it, and whoever have scored the lowest score, lowest should come in front of it. Also, this condition will be there also means if it's less than 4040 to 60 compartments, if you have a bus, highest should come topper and point of Louis, St. Louis should go. So give a try and watch the next video for the solution. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 15. If Function Task Solution: Welcome back students, time for the solution. Now, let me repeat that as passwords. If the score is less than 40, then 40 to 60 compartment 60. Over past, we have seen the nested IF and the solution to this one. I have added that the students who have scored the highest marks should come in front of it. And the students who have scored the lowest mass, Louis, should come in front of it. Now, first of all, how we will get the highest and lowest in front of the respective value. First of all, I'm going to apply a function which is max. And other number. I'm going to select this particular range, okay? Bracket close and the maximum value in this particular range is 98. We have understood this. Now, let me drag this. When I will drag this, you will find that it is coming 98. That's absolutely fine. But if I will scroll down, you will find over here 94 is coming. Now just look carefully over here. That's 98, which is the top score. And after that 94 is coming. That should not happen because in this particular range, the highest score is 98 and that should remain constant. Means it should not change. If you will see here it's changing. Why? The reason is? Because over here you can see the range is H2 to H174. That is starting from here till the end. But if I will come here, you can see the range has been shipped from S3 to adjuvant 75 because of the relative reference nature, the range that we have given, it's not the same in the movement. We have dragged it. So it's keep on going downwards. Now over here you can see h4. Now over here you can see H Phi. So what is the main important aspect over here? It is to make it constant. Now, how to make it constant or technical term is absolute, is whenever you are selecting a range, let's say I'm selecting this particular reference, H2 column x 174. And I need to press F4 function key, then press with function g and f for the moment you will do this, you can see dollar sign is coming and that's an indication that the dean has become constant. Or you can say Absolutely. Now, if I'm going to drag it now, you will see it is pour out 98 on the ok. Now let me show you over here also. It is X2, X1, 74 that range. And if I will check here, again, it is H2, H1 74 means it becomes constant. So this is one important aspect. Another way of doing it. It is the same way. But I'm going to apply a max, going to select the range. And the moment when you select the range at this time only you need to press Function F4. Okay? So dollar sign will come and then close the brackets and Enter. We have got the solution. Now keeping in mind this particular aspect, Let's move ahead. We have find out till now that what is the highest for that is 98. Now we need to find out who have scored the highest. But that again, has to be in a dynamic nature. Let's say if there is any changes in this data, now, 98 is not the highest. Cool, Let's, 99 is the highest poll and it is up someone else, then topper should come in front of it. It should not be like we have searched for where is the 90th and we have written Proper in front of it, which should not be like this, right? So what I'm going to do, I'm going to apply it. Now. Logical test is what? If this particular cell value is equivalent to max? And I'm going to select this range. Pressing function key f or in auto, make it constant. Okay? Now Racket close off max function. Now what I've done, I am checking whether H2 cell value is equivalent to the maximum value. Fine. If it is so, then what should come to our birth? Otherwise? Otherwise, I'm not going to give any argument right now. And closing the brackets and Enter. Okay, So there is nothing in front of it because we have given double quotation, that's an indication of blank cell. So that's the reason nothing is coming because it is not the topper also. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to drag it. Now. Let me scroll down. And here we go. You can see in front of nine gatekeeper is coming. Great. It's working absolutely fine. Now, next thing that we need to do is to apply the function in a manner so that all the results. Till now we have applied if H2 cell value is equal to max, then top it should come up till here it is fine. It is going to be long function. So I'm going to apply over here that's in Formula bar. So I'm over here. So first condition I have applied. Now the next transition, I will have to check webs for the lowest marks. So again, I'm going to apply in this particular cell value is equivalent to minimum of this particular range. Function key f for in order to make it constant. Bracket close comma, then what should come Lewis comma after this? Those conditions that is pass, fail and compartment condition. So again, I'm going to apply another and I'm going to apply the logical test. That is, if this particular cell value less than n equal to 40, then fail. Again. I'm going to nest. Again. I'm going to check if this particular cell value is less than or equal to 60 than compartment value false paints the rest of the condition is going to be passed. Local fits highest than dopa. If it loads, then lowest, less than 40, fail less than 16 apartment, the rest of them point to be fall under value false, and that's going to be fast. Now. One bracket, close bracket, close, another bracket, close bracket, close. If you can't count how many chips are there, you can keep on closing the bracket till that time solutions are coming. Okay. So I have close the bracket and we have got the answer. Let me drag it. Now you can see we have got the answer. Now let's check. Over here. We have got the lowest and we have got the topper as well. Fine, so it serves our purpose. Now one very important aspect is the sequence. I've already told you, whatever you are going to apply force to the function will be locked on this. So that's the reason I've applied the tougher condition and the lowest condition first, because if I will come to this lowest candidate, let's say his score is 28, okay? Gen Z score is 28. Now, this particular candidate or this particular student is fall under frail condition also because it is less than 40. But we don't want failed to come in front of weight. Rather, we want Lewis to come. Similar is the case with topper also because dad's score is 98 and that fall under the condition of paths also, but in front of the highest score, we want comfort to come. So that's the reason we have applied this topper condition and Louis condition first and then these conditions. So the sequence is very important. This is how this needs to be done. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 16. AND and OR Function: Welcome back students. In this video, we're going to have an understanding about two more important logical function. And now, what are the advantages these two functions provide, which is not available in a function? Now, if we will talk about the advantages of a function, we can give only one logical tests. And on that basis, one output is going to be to, another output is going to be false. But what if we want to apply multiple conditions? And on that basis, one output is going to be to another output can be false. So here comes the need for AND, and OR function. We are going to understand this with the help of an example. So it will be even more clear. Now let's say school authorities are saying that we don't want the result to come on the basis of this total score is too dense net to clear the individual test as well. There are some criteria that they need to clear. Now, I'm telling you the criteria. The first criteria is in unit tests, which is out of 30, they need to score more than 15. In half-life, which is out of a 100, they need to score more than 40. And in final exam, again, they need to support more than 40. If the student has cleared all these three criteria, then only paths should come. Otherwise, they will be considered pain. So here, the condition is that all the logical test that we're going to apply in order to check whether the student has cleared the individuals exam have to be true. And so what is the logical test or logical function we are going to apply? That will be, and so hair AND function will be applied. Why? Because all the conditions need to be too. Okay. So I'm going to apply. And now the logical one, logical one is what unique test has to be greater than 15. Comma logical, logical twist, hopefully has to be greater than 40. Again, coma. Now logical tree is highlighted. We need to give logical, logical theories. Final exam, again, has to be greater than 14. So we have given all the logical test here you can see logical for and even three dots are coming. This means you can give many logical test over here. However, there are only three conditions that need to be fulfilled. So I've applied all those conditions. Let me close the bracket and Enter. Now it is coming false. Why it is coming false? Because in the Hopefully you can see it is not greater than 40. Fine. Let me drag it. I will grab the answer. Wherever it is. False means they have not clear all the three exams. And this means they are framed. And if it's true over here, you can see it's true. It is greater than 40. A VNet is greater than 40. Again, here it is data than 1515. This means they have cleared all the three logical test. And that's why it is coming as true. Two minutes pass. False means phase again. And, and, OR function I will come to all wrong. And an odd function is going to give you output in Boolean that is, and false like any logical desk. Now, we need to get the answer in, Let's say pass and fail only. So what we are going to do now here, I'm going to apply if now if bracket start after that, I need to give the logical test. Now, this complete end function will be considered as logical test. Anything can be considered as logical test, which is giving the output and true and false. Okay? So my cursor is over here, forma value true. Now, what value you want if this logical test output is true? If this logical test output is true, means this end function output is two, then what is the value you want? If it's true, this means they are balanced. So what I want, paths should come value false. Then I want pain should come. Petition close bracket, close Enter. And here you can see we have bought the answer. Okay, pass failing. I've done a bit mistake, extra S. Okay, let me correct this. Fine. Now, what is all function? The only difference between AND, and OR function is, or function will be applied. If, let's say this condition has been given, what is the condition? I'm going to give you the example. Now, let's say authorities are saying that many of the students have failed because of this very strict condition. So they want to get lenient and how they're doing this. They're saying that students need not to clear all the exams. They need not to score greater than 15 in unit tests haphazardly and final data than 40. Rather. If they have cleared anyone on the exam, they should be considered pass. Now. They need to fulfill all the three conditions, but only one condition is sufficient for them. Okay? So in place of n, I'm not going to type it all over again. I'm just going to apply Enter and I'm going to drag it. Here. You can see we have water isn't most of them are past because in any one of them, they have at least clear here we can see clearly is coming. Now over here you can see it's less than 40. Again, less than 40, less than 15. So that's the reason it is coming this way. When I've applied or function only in one condition student can be considered fail and if they have not fulfill any of these criteria. So that's the basic difference between AND and OR function. So hopefully you have understood this well. Does it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 17. IF Function Project: Welcome back students. Over here. I'm going to give you one task related to if you need to solve this. Now, in this data which is Advanced, if an entire file, which is function data, you have got this task. We have bought the name, their sales figure, the cost, and how much profit they made. I found out this by subtracting marketing costs from the sales. Now, we need to find out the bonus and how the bonus is being calculated. If this particular data figure, which is profit, is less than 10 thousand, then bonus will be 12 per cent of the sales figures. Means this one. If it's 10 thousand to 25 thousand, then 25 per cent of the sales figure. If 25 to 40,032% of the series bigger, if it's above 40 thousand, means we are talking about the profit, then bonus should be 45 per cent of the sales figure. So that is how it will be calculated. This is the task for you. Go ahead, give it a try and watch the next video for the solution also. Does it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 18. IF Function Project Solution: Welcome back students, time for the task solution. So the task has been given to you that is based on their performance on profit figure, they will get the bonus that will be calculated on the sales figure. For example, if the profit is below 10 thousand, then bonus is going to be 12 per cent of the sales figure, and so on. So I'm going to apply a function over here. Logical test is what? If this particular cell value, which contains the profit, is going to be less than 10 thousand comma value of two. Then how much bonus they will get? They will get this particular cell value multiplied by 12 per cent. Okay? So that will calculate that how much of bonus they are getting. This particular value will be multiplied by two n per cent. First condition, we have given comma. After that, there are even more conditions I'm going to nest if once again, now logical test. Again, I need to give. Now the second is if it's below 25 thousand, so I have given 10 thousand and that will be considered locked as I may to understand whatever condition you give first conditions considered locked on that. So now it's 10 thousand to 25 thousand. So simply I need to give, if this particular cell value is less than Twenty-five thousand comma, then what's going to be the bonus? This particular cell value multiplied by 25 per cent. Coma. Again, I'm going to nest if now this particular cell value, if it's less than 40 thousand comma, then this particular cell value means the sales value going to be multiplied by how much? That is 22%. So I'm giving you two per cent. Whatever is the rest value, that S value is definitely greater than 40 thousand. So that will be calculated on the basis of sales bigger and they will get 45 per cent of the sales. Because again, I will not have to give the logical test because whatever is less, that is above 40 thousand. So that's going to be calculated on the basis of this particular cell value. That is, under value false is going to be multiplied by 45 per cent. Fine. So let me close all the brackets and Enter. The message is suggesting correction because I have given one extra bucket. So I accepted the changes and now I've got the answer. Let's check whether this result is correct or not. So over here, we can see the profit is above 40 thousand of positive 610049 to five. So it should get the bonus of sales figure means forty-five percent of the sales figure. So let me do the calculation equal to this particular value multiplied by 45% to 9.55780. Absolutely accurate. Another, over here, we can see the profit, which is 23,167, so it falls under the category of twenty-five percent. Let's check equal to this particular cell value multiplied by 25 per cent, 7.5660. Absolutely correct. Okay. Now, let's say here you can see dot phi, phi ways coming dot to five is coming. Again. We can decrease the decimal from here. We can decrease it, we can increase it over here, Harvard within the function. If we want to manage this, then we can apply a round function. So what I'm going to do in front of f, I'm going to apply a round. Now number, this is the complete function which gives me the number, means these values comma. And then after number visits means how many visits you want after decimal, let's, I don't want any, so I'm giving 0 bracket close. And so here you can see I'm not getting any hover. It is 0. I have given the format, so that's the reason it is coming like this. However, there is no decimal value which is coming up. Okay? So let me decrease this also. Fine. So that's the round function for you. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 19. XOR Function in Excel: Welcome back student. In this video, we are going to understand exclusive function. This is the new function which has been launched, and here it is slightly different from regular function. Now, in function, let's say I'm going to demonstrate it with the help of example. I want to see whether the student have scored Geta than 14 HP exam or Geta than 40 in final exam. Uh, so the condition is such that let's say there is a parents meeting and parents meeting means parents are being called under two conditions. If student has failed in both of these exam means halfllon final, which is less than 40, they have scored. Now, if they have cleared, both the exam means they have scored more than 14, both the exam, then also parents will be called, maybe for the discussion for the performance or maybe for the upgradation of class. But if the student has failed in one of the exam, then they are not be called, so the result should come as re test. Now where the problem with function is or function is going to give me the output as true. If any of this particular condition is going to be fulfilled, it's going to give me the output as true, even if both the conditions are true. Now if both the conditions are true, we don't want true to come or rather we want false to come. Here, as compared to function, exclusive or function is more appropriate. Now, here we are going to understand this practically. I'm going to apply XOR. Now, logical one is this particular cell value which contains half has to be greater than 40. Logical two is final exam score also has to be greater than 40. If both the condition is fulfilled, then the parents will be called for the meeting and I both the conditions are false means they have failed in both the exam, then also parents will be called. But if any one of the condition is true, then they will have to appear for the re test. Enter here, it is coming as true. The reason is being in half. This particular students score was less than 40. Let me drag it. Now, we don't want the result in ten false rather. We want the result in let's say retest or parents meeting. Here I'm going to apply if and you know the procedure, logical test is going to be this complete XOR function, value if true, if the output is going to come as two than what you want, we want retest and if value is coming as false, then parents meting. Racket close, and now I'm going to drag it. Now here you can see re test is coming only if student is fail in one of these tests. Here you can see his fail in half exam. Here you can see his fail in final exam. Now, however, if they have cleared both the exam in this condition, Pancakumar has scored more than 40 in half and in final exam, so parents meeting. Let's say I'm creating the condition here in the final exam, it's 35 and here also it is 25. Then also it's going to be parents meeting. Okay. Most of them has been called for the pants meeting, which is a good thing also because they are not fail, most of them has been called for because they have cleared both the exam. Fine. This is an exclusive function. Now, in place of XOR, if I'm going to apply function, then this is not going to work properly over here. That's not serving our purpose because there are examples where they have not cleared both the exam, so definitely they should be called for parents meeting, but there are examples when they have cleared both the exam. But again, it is coming as a re test which is not correct. You can see there are plenty of examples in this data. What is more appropriate here that is X OR function. So this is how exclusive function can work. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 20. Upper, Lower, Proper and Trim Function: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to start text function. So there are many texts functions and there's going to be many videos on this also. And as far as the difficulty level is concerned, the more nesting methodology we will apply in order to get our desired result, the more difficult it will become. But no need to worry, we will reach they'll gradually and slowly. First of all, in this video, I'm going to start with a simple functions. So I'm going to cover four functions overall. First function is to take care of the case, in this case Ms, uppercase, lowercase property. So overall, there are three cases in Excel, if I will talk about and as well, there are five cases actually. Uppercase, you probably would have understand, uppercase means capital case than lowercase, mol case. After that, it's a proper case. Proper case means E, two words. First, alphabet is capital, that proper case. Now there are two more cases which are not available in Excel because definitely it's meant for data management purposes, not for documentation purposes. So what are all those other cases? First one is the sentence case, which is a proper grammatical case. Which means that first alphabet of the first one needs to be capital, need to be small. And the second is toggled case. So we'll case means the capital will become small, small will become capital. Okay? So these two cases are not available. Applying these functions are very easy. So let's say I'm going to give you the example of uppercase first of all, so here we have got the data. I'm going to give equal to going to apply. Okay, now, the moment I have typed up our solutions are coming. Let me press F. So first record is coming and the only argument is coming here is text. Now, other texts, you can type something by yourself, like I'm tapping. But if you're typing something by yourself, that has to be within quotation, like I have given the double quotation bracket close Enter. And you can see that tests that I've written in a small case has been converted in enough capital. Now, you must be wondering what is the use of it. In this particular case, of course, there is no use. That is just to make you understand that whenever it's asking for the text, you can type something by yourself. But whenever you are typing something by yourself, that has to be between quotation. Now the next thing is, again, I'm going to apply a function of both other texts. You can give a cell reference also, like I'm giving the cell reference which is an A2 cell. And whatever text is there in A2 is going to convert the text into uppercase. So like you can see, and let me drag it. So I have got the answer in all cell. Similar to uppercase, there is another function which is lowercase. Okay, so let me put uppercase, one example of uppercase over here. I'm going to apply the lowercase over here, so lower function, okay, taxed. Again, I'm giving this particular cell bracket close Enter, and you can see it has been converted into lowercase. Now, another case is a proper case. I'm applying proper text and giving this one bracket close Enter, and it has been converted into proper case means first Alpha weight of a word has been converted into capital. So here you can see Mobile is small, however, here it is in capital case. That's what properties do. So there are three functions taking care of the cases. Now, other texts I told you you can give something by yourself that has to be within quotation. You can give the cell reference. We have seen the example. Apart from this, you can give up function also means other texts you can give or you can nest another function also. But what it's going to do is going to convert that function's output in a capital lower or upper case. So it's everywhere. Whenever you are nesting something, you will have to think about the output of the nested function that you are going to nest. Okay, so a bit confusing, but then again, we will see many examples and you will understand it gradually. Last function that I'm going to tell you is that trim function. Now what function do? It is one of the most useful function. It is very easy. But again, a very useful function. Dream function removes extra space. Now, over here you can see between RAM and mobile, there's an extra space between the sites and in there is extra space. If I'm going to apply a dream. Again, the argument, it's asking for only texts and giving this particular cell. And here you can see it has removed extra space. Now remember one thing, what it does, it's only going to remove extra space. Means if there is more space than one, it doesn't understand that it's a word. And let say reside is a word proper. And I've given a single-space, it should not be like this. But then again, it will not recognize this and it will not dissolve this. If there is an extra space, is going to remove that. But another important aspect in good aspect of stream function is, let's say there isn't space before RAM. In this cell, before the sentence, there's an extra space. You can see I have given that it's going to remove and if there is an extra space after that also that also it's going to remove. Okay. Let me drag this whether it has removed or not after that. So what I'm going to do, I haven't copied and I'm going to paste it as a value. The function will be removed. Now, I'm going to set my cursor over here and you can see there is no extra space in there. That's what trim function do in many datas when we are going to find out duplicates. And there are many scenarios. I'm just doing one scenario. Let's say there are plenty of phone numbers and you want to get the duplicate phone numbers. Now, many times this happens that there are duplicate numbers, but they are not identical because in one of the phone number, there is a space after the phone number. And in one of the number, there is no space. What you are going to do, first of all, you will have to apply a dream function in all of this data in order to remove any extra space before or after. And after that, you may go for duplicate or whatever thing you want to do. These are the four functions that I've made you understand. Now, there is a task that you have to go. What is the task? You can see the data over here where there's an extra space. You even have to apply a single function, okay? Definitely you will have to Nestor one function into another. But how that's your thinking. Now you will have to apply a single function in a way that extra space should be removed. And apart from that, this particular sentence going to be converted into capital case also means uppercase also. So definitely will have to apply to functions, upper function and trim function. But how that we will have to just pause this video and give it a try. And I'm going to give you the solution. So probably you have given a try and have got the solution also. But if not, then I'm going to help you. So overhead, first I'm going to do, going to apply the upper function, okay? Now other texts, I've told you I can apply another function of, I can nest another function also. And whatever is going to be the output of that function. Upper function will convert that output in-app purchases. So what function I'm going to apply, and we'll do a black trim. Now. Racket start texts, I'm giving this one. Now trim function will do it well and remove extra space. And that's going to be under upper function. And upper function will again do its work. And we'll convert the output, which is without the space. This particular sentence in uppercase bracket close Enter, and we have got the result. This is a very small example of nesting metallurgy. There are plenty more. Just give it a try. This is it for the video? Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 21. Left, Right and Find Function: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand two important function, in fact, three important function. First one is a left function and other is the right function. And third one is a fine function. Now, let function extract whatever number of characters who have told it to expect from the left side. Right function do exactly the opposite means. It extract the number of character you have asked you to extract from the right side. Now find function is different from this store. And I moved to make to explain how it is different and how it is very important. First, understand the left function. Now let's say I want to pick this name from the left side. So in this sentence you can see the name which isn't the extreme left side, which is a good thing so that I can extract this. Now in the first example, you can see RAM, RAM of three characters. Okay? So keeping this in mind, I'm going to apply a length function. Now, let function Beckett start. First of all, we need to give the text, we need to give the text form where you want to extract something from the left side. So I'm selecting this particular test, which is a two comma number of data. How many number of character you want to pick. I've told you 123. So I've given three bracket close and enter. I've got the answer. But the problem is one-by-one. Why we will do this? Because it's time-consuming. We apply function in order to save time, not to waste time. Okay, So this is the kind of waste of time. Rather, it would have been fast if I typed around by myself. Because if I'm going to drag it, it's not going to serve my purpose because names are not similar characters. Is there any solution to this? Yes, of course there is a solution to this. I will come to that later on. But first of all, you need to understand how that function works individually. So this is how it works. You need to give the texts, you need to give number of characters you want to pick from that text. I'm just going to pick it from the left side. Now in place of three, if I'm going to give five, I want you to make an assumption what it's going to pick based on whatever I've told you. Now, if you are thinking that it's going to pick RAM, RAM and then M, o, then you are wrong. It's going to pick RAM, RAM space, and n space is also a character. What kind of vector? This isn't special character actually, but it's going to count that also. So that's what we're going to pick. Okay? Now this is the left function. Let's move to write function. So similar to left function, right function, extract whatever you ask it to extract from the right-hand side. Luckily, we have got pin codes in the right side. And let's say we need to pick the pin code. Another luckiest thing is that the course, our offsets character. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to apply a right function text. I'm going to give this one number. I want to pick six character from the right-hand side. So starting from 123456, because PINKO sauropsids character, I'm giving six bracket close Enter. And because PIN codes are of six character, it's serving my purpose means I'm getting the answer. Once again, my quotient from you, if not six. Devin, Devin, let's say nine. Then what output is going to give me 123456 minutes, a PIN code space 7889. That's what it's going to give me. Now, very simple functions. Let function x tech from the left. How many number of characters you are going to give it. The right functions do exactly the same. But on the right-hand side. Now comes the find function. Now, as I told you, find function doesn't pick anything for you. Now what is this fine function is meant for them. Fine function is to find out the position of whatever you are looking for in a text. Let's say I want to get the position of this hyphen here. You can see hyponyms there. Okay, so I'm going to apply fine, fine texts. Now, whatever I'm looking for, as I told you, whenever they are typing something, we need to type it by ourselves. So I'm typing hyphen within quotation. I've given hyphen comma within texts where you are looking for this icon over here, bracket close Enter. And I've got the pollution means counting it from the left side, the position of hypogynous potty. Let me do the counting for your RAM, RAM three characters. Spaceport mobile is of six character. Okay, so 1011, 912131414 guidelines. Similarly, if I'm going to drag it, I will get the answer. If your question is, it always start the counting of position from the left side only? Yes. It doesn't count it from the right side under any circumstances. It's only come from the left side only. So that's what fine function do. What it does, it only counts the position. Now the good part is because it's giving the answer in values. Okay, so here you can see 14 is a value, 16 is a value. So because it's a value, we can subtract, we can add something to this value. Let's say we have released till hyphen. And I want to reach to the position of mobile. So we know after hyphen mobile number is there just one step ahead. So what we can do here is the function that gets close plus one simply. And we will get the position of bovine number as simple as that. Now, based on this, first of all, we will be able to pick them all by name from the left-hand side in a single goal, we will be able to pick the mobile number. Also, don't need to worry. But we then move there step-by-step. Okay? So I'm going to give you certain tasks based on Find function. So what you need to do. Okay, so here we have got to task for you first. Find named number of characters means what I mean to say, Romney's of three characters, right? Similarly, Shyam is off pipetter, so you will have to apply a function in a manner so that how many number of characters are there in the name? It should come. Second, question is fine. City starting position. I want to know know it as starting question, let's say n. So counting it from the left-hand side, 1234, like this, what is a portion of an Alexa? What is the portion of C of 14 degrees? What is proportion of RAM ***? I want to know the position of the cities. Now, in order to save time, I just want to tell you that only find function will be used over here. There is no other function or nesting thing will not be used. Only find function will be used in order to get this result. So give a try. And if you have got the solution than fine, otherwise you will have to watch the next video for the solution. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 22. Find Related Project Solution: Welcome back students. So here is the solution for the task given to you related to find. So first portion was fine. Name, number of characters. Rum is of three characters, so three should come. Sham is of phi theta, phi should come. So how to apply affine function in a manner so that I can get my desired result. Now, over here, I'm going to apply find. Now fine texts you will have to look for because names are not common of course. So you will have to look for what is common afternoon. Okay? Because whenever we are applying affine function, we need to find out if there is nothing common in whatever it is our target, we will have to find what is common afterwards or maybe before that. So after RAM, because before that there is nothing is starting from normal lives after that. So after RAM, there are many common things. First common thing is the first space of the sentence. Second is mobile number. So that is also a common thing in every sentence you can see. So we may use space also, we can use mobile. Let's say if I'm using space like this, within quotation, I have given space, so that is what I'm looking for. So other fine texts, I've given space. Now within text where you are looking for this. I'm looking for this over here in this text. That's it, bracket close. And now you can see I've got the answer which is four, which is character also RAM, RAM space is four. Similarly, I will get dancer six because chemise of pipe character after that space is there. So six. Now we have not got the number of characters of name. Now, what we're going to do simply over here, whatever is the output, because space is just one step after our target. So what we're going to do minus one, whatever is the output, we're going to subtract one. So we will get how many number of characters are there in a name. You can see that three character by character because six character and so on. In place of space, can we apply mobile number and OB that will be sufficient? Yes, you can. But then you will have to apply not minus one because after RAM, space one, m2. So there are two more characters that we have used. There are two further step that we have went ahead. So what we're going to do, we're going to do minus two. Okay? And again, we will get the answer. Probably you have understood. Now, let's come to them. City Park, find cities starting position. Again, same output. So before city, if we will see what is common and is common, you can see in, in, in, IN capital N and small. Okay, fine function is case sensitive. So remember this. So n is common everywhere, but also you will have to look for whether that is being used anywhere else. What I mean to say, let's say over here, we have given the excess base in order to get the position. Fine. I've given space over here, I've given one. Let me drag it. I'm getting the results. But let's say for some reason over here there is a mistake and there's a space. Then what it's going to do, it's given me the wrong result because it's going to find out the pace that it has bought. And it will give me the output according to that. Whatever you are giving in find, that has to be unique. Awesome. Okay? So in this particular sentence in is unique. Apart from this, resize also can be used apart from this dot space can also be used to because you can see before that there is no dot also. Okay, but n is a good example. But in can be used and it is more convenient to use it because it is just before the city, so we will not have to count that much. Now what I'm going to do, I'm going to apply fine function. Now what I'm looking for, I'm looking for N and quotation close comma within text over here, I'm looking for it. Okay? Now, once you have reached up till N means I after that and once phase to CD3 plus three myths because we need to move ahead. Here we have applied subtract because we were going back here, they are moving ahead. So plus three, fine Enter and we have got the result. Drag it. Fine. Now let's check it whether it is correct or not. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to apply a fine function. Once again, I'm going to type noise. And within texts I'm going to give this one. Fine, so it is correct. But then again, this particular function will not work anywhere else because my dad just isn't full sentence, not the other one. But this particular approach is going to work based on this. Now time for the next task. Now, if you have understood fine function properly, then you will be able to play with the text function very well. What is the task? Your first task is to get the name. Now you are ready for this. You will have to get a name in a single vote. Okay, So you have got the name over here, you are going to drag it and you will get all the names. Now because you know, I'm just giving you the hint because you know how many number of characters are in the name. Probably you can get this, okay. Apart from this, you need to get the mobile number also. So that's another task for you. So there are two tasks. You will have to do this. Give a try. Hopefully you will do this. And if not, what's the next video for the solution? Is it for the video? Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 23. Left, Right and Find Function Nesting: Welcome back students. So time for the solution. Now, you need to find out the name. Now, name again is in the extreme left side. So definitely we can apply the left function, okay? Now other texts, we can give the cell and we have done this previously also. Now, here is the main important aspect, which is number of characters. We can't give three because everywhere it's not true. But we can select this cell which contains the number of character. This is one of the approach. If we don't want to nest so many things, but it is better to practice for the nesting metallurgy. Now, we're not giving V2 cell reference this, we are not giving this cell reference which contains the number of characters. Rather, we will apply the same function which we have applied over here in order to find out the number of characters in a name. So what function we have applied? Find, find texts, what we're looking for, space. Or you may go for mobile option also within texts, this one after that minus one. You know why? That's fine, bracket close and we have got the result. Now there is no dependency on this particular cell. If I'm going to delete this also, nothing will happen. Okay? Now, let me drag this and we have got the answer. Now, let's move to the next task. We just get the mobile number. Now in a single go, it is hard to get the mobile number. You will have to find out what is common before the mobile number or after the mobile numbers. So you may go for the approach which is before the mobile number, also hyphen or number, or after the mobile number also which is dark, and there is no dot in the sentence. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to again apply left function. Other texts. I will select this one. Now, number of characters is not fixed. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to apply affine function. What I'm going to find dot. So I will give dot coma within texts where over here. Because dot is one step ahead, so we will do minus one. That's fine. Bracket close Enter. Okay, so half of the portion has been done. We have got the mobile number. Now, if we will look at the mobile number carefully, you will find out that it is a similar situation to when we have bought the pin course. Because now mobile numbers are in extreme right side and you know, mobile numbers out of ten characters. Simply we can apply a right function over here. Is this one. Number factor is ten. That's it. We have got the mobile numbers. But then again, rather than doing it in a two different cell, we can do it in a single cell or so. Till now, we have done to nesting is over here. We have applied to functions already. We can apply a number of functions as per our requirement. So we know that we can apply a right function in order to get the mobile number, which is in the extreme right side. So what we are going to do after it will do, and just before let, we are going to apply a right Record start. Other texts. We will consider this whole function, which is given it this output. In this output, mobile number is in the extreme right-hand side of 10-character. So number of character now I've given coma, and after that we need to give number of factors and giving time. And we have got the result. So this is another apple. Up till now, if you have not used any nesting metallurgy, you require practice. So you need to practice this law practice. And this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 24. MID Function: Welcome back students. So till now we have understood how left function works. I'll write function works. So Excel has provided us with a mid function as well. Now, let function extract the number of character you have asked you to extract from the left side, right function do the exactly same thing from the right side. Which function do it from the other portion could be because all these functions based on the position means what is the position from the right side? Six character from the left side, three characters, so they all work on position. So how MID function is going to pick something from the middle? Let's take the example and we can understand this. Now let's say we want to get the mobile number. Right now. I'm not going to nest anything. I just want to pick the mobile number individually in this particular sentence, only, not the other one. Okay? So it is very important for us to first understand any function individually. And after that, we can go for the nesting metallurgy without understanding all the arguments within the function, you can't go ahead with domestic metrology. Okay? So that's the reason, first of all, understanding MID function individually. Okay? So I'm starting with the equal to sign giving MIT. Now in the mid function, the first argument is text. From which texts you want to pick something from the middle. This is the text, so I've selected this particular cell comma starting number. Now what is the starting number? By starting number, they mean starting position. So what is the starting position from where you want to start picking? Okay, so you will have to give the starting position of mobile number, which is this nine. So nine is the starting, you can say text is not a position, you will have to count it from the left-hand side. So R1, R2, R3 space ball like this. What I believe when I've applied the find function in order to get the a position of hyphened 14. Mobile number portion is I believe 15. Fine. Now, number of characters. Now, from that particular point, let's say 15 is that starting position, which is nine. So from that starting position, how many number of character you want to bake? Now mobile number out of ten characters, so I am giving ten. So these are the arguments of MID function depth than the starting position from where you want to pick. Starting from that starting position, how many number of factor you want to pick, which I've given ten, That's it, ragged clothes and find. So we have got the answer, but unfortunately, 15 is the starting position in this particular sentence, not the other ones. So I will not get the answer in other sentences. But we know the solution and the solution is fine function. Now what I'm going to do, I'm going to apply MID function again. Other texts and giving this particular cell other starting number. I'm not giving 15 by myself manually because that's not the starting position in other sentences. In order to make it dynamic, I'm going to apply Find function, fine, fine text. Now I will have to look for what is common before the mobile number. In each sentence, we can see hyphen is common thing. Okay, so we can give hyphen comma within text. Now, I'm looking for this hyphen over here. So I'm selecting the cell once again because right now I'm selecting this other within text argument in the function, okay? Now bracket close. Till now, we have not reached to the mobile position. We have this to the hyphen position number by number is one step ahead. So we will do plus one. Now, we have raised up move I position with the help of this fine function after that number of factors. Because there's a number of character we want to pick from that starting portion bracket close Enter. We have got the answer. And if I'm going to drag it, we will get to answering all the sentence. These are MID function can be applied. This is a further video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 25. Concatenate Function: Welcome back students. In this video, we're going to understand concatenate function. Now one of the most important function in text functions. Now we have understood that how to extract something from the text. In this function, we will learn how to join texts. So concatenate is simply joining text. Okay, so over here I've got a phone numbers. So let's say I need to add 91 in front of it. So how to go about this? So I'm tapping concatenate. Now. Once I have applied concatenate function that it start after that you may see other argument texts, one comma text to three dots are coming. This means you can add many texts. Now, again, I have already told you other texts. You can give anything by yourself, but that has to be within quotation. Means if you are typing something apart from this, you can give a cell reference. And also you can apply a function which output is going to be used in other texts. So I need to add 9191, needs to be added by myself bonding. So within quotation, I'm giving, let's say 91 quotation, close coma and text to I'm giving this particular phone number. So this is what I want. Very simple thing, enter and let me drag it. I've gotten a result. Now. You can add anything. Let's say here it is 91. Let me do the collection. I am here typing plus 91. After that, I want a space where I'm giving an space. Accordingly, it is coming. Also, if you want to add afterward, Let's say after the phone number, I want to add, let's say test, even though it doesn't make any sense over here, but I'm just giving an example to you. Whatever I need to add, I can add. Over here. It has been, given that mobile number has two need to be added in front of it. So quite easy. You know what needs to be done over here. I'm diving more buy-in number. Fine. So you can see that. And also you can add any function output, also other text. Let's say for some reason, just before the mobile number, I want the first two characters of these mobile numbers to come. So what I will do here, I will come here because I want to add initially, wherever you want to add in a sequence, you will have to apply the formula function over there only. Now how to get the initial two characters. We can get it with the help of LEP function. So I'll simply, I'm applying left other texts. I'm selecting this one number of data. I am given two bracket close coma. So text1 is what this left function and what is going to be the output of this left function, the initial to characterize the phone number. It will come. Hopefully you understood how concatenate function works. You can join anything. Okay, now I'm going to give you one task that's going to test your ability. So what I want, let's say 9299352873. Okay. This is just an example you can see. So I want all the numbers to come in. This particular format means initial first three characters or three digits hyphens than the three than full-time workers icon then last three characters. I've just given the example for the first phone number. So you will have to apply the functions in a manner so that we can get this result. Now, what all the functions you can use? Whichever I have told you, that's up to you, how you want to use it. I want this result to come. So give it a try. And what's the next reading for the solution? Does it for the video? Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 26. Concatenate Function Project Solution: Welcome back students time for the solution. For the task I've given related to concatenate function. So I want all the phone numbers to come in this particular format. Okay? So over here, I'm going to apply concatenate B, which is going to be the root function Of course. Okay, Now, in the concatenate function, let me do one thing. Alignment has to be proper. Now I'm applying the concatenate function. Now as a text one, I want the initial three characters from the phone number. So how we can get that? It is very easy for you to guess, I guess, which is left function. So I have applied left function, other texts, I'm selecting this cell which contains the mobile number, number of vector n given three. So it will pick three character from the left side, which I want. Coma. After that we need to give Text tool. Now what is the text to x2 is this hyphen? Hyphen we need to give it by ourselves and others told you and you have seen many examples also. Whenever we are typing something by our self, that has to be within quotation. Within quotation, I'm giving hyphen comma. Now after that texts three. In the texts, we need to get For characters, which is after the first three characters. And so we need to pick something from the center. The good part about the mobile number is those are all ten characters that is fixed. So we need to start picking from the foot position and we need to pick four characters. So if you are guessing that MID function unit apply, you're absolutely correct. We have applied mid other texts and giving this particular cell comma starting number is four, because initial three we have already picked. Now we need to pick it from the fourth position. And how many characters we need to pick for. Fine bracket close comma, other texts for, again, we need to give this hyphens. So within quotation, I'm giving the hyphen comma text five. Now the last three characters we need to pay. So in the right-hand side, we need to pick three characters. So if you have guessed right function, we need to apply. You are absolutely correct again. So right function. As a text, I'm selecting this number factor, I'm giving three fine bracket, close. Again bracket close for concatenate function and enter. Okay, let me drag this. And we have got the answer. This, how concatenate function can be used for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 27. Replace Function: Welcome back. In this video, we are going to understand a function which is known as a replace function. Now, replaced. There is a tool also for replaced, and this is a function actually we are talking about. Let me show you how that tool works actually. So let me press Control F. Now here you can see the replace option is there. For the replace, let's say I want to replace a resides with leaves. Over here. I need to type the recites. And I'm going to replace this with leaves. This is a very, very helpful to know if I'm going to click on Replace All. If I've not selected any particular cell, then what is going to do? It's going to replace wherever it resides is there in this particular sheet. So eight replacement, it has done. Okay, I can accept that change. Now, another way of doing it is let's say I want to change only these four cells. Okay? So what I'm going to do, again, I'm going to apply the place. And after that, find what here. I'm just giving the opposite of it, leaps. And over here I'm giving the recites, going to click on Replace All. You will click on Replace only then it's going to replace one by one. But let me click on Replace All. Now here you can see for replacement has been done because we have selected only four cells. So it has done the replacement on those forces less rest of the four cells or has remained as it is. Okay, let me press Control Z. Now. If you want to achieve this thing with a helper function, it is possible to do, of course, but that's not much of a use. But then again, I'm going to show you how you can do it with a helper function. Now, I will also tell you what is the extra advantage of using the function. But first, let's achieve this with the hypofunction. So I'm going to apply a replace and replace function. The first argument is old texts, which is this particular text only the complete sentence. So I'm selecting this other texts starting number. Now in this old texts or in this particular test, what is the starting position from where you want to start replacing? I want to get the starting position of recites means starting from the left side or counting it from the left side. Like our B1, A2, and A3. Like this, we need to get the position of resides. Here in the sentence you can see recites is unique. So simply I can find a resides. I can apply affine function in order to get results and I will get the position of it. So I'm going to apply point function. Fine text I'm giving, let's say recites. Okay, here you can type only arias also. But I've typed the complete word. Now, quotation close comma within text. Now where you are looking for this recites over here, fine. So it will tell us the position. And in the Replace function, we will get the starting number due to this fine function. Great. Now number of character. Now here we can see three sides. 1234567 is seven characters, so I'm giving seven character comma and then we need to give new tax. So in place of resides we want leaves. So within quotation and giving leaves, condition close bracket, close Enter. Again, we have achieved what we have achieved with the help of fuel also. What is the difference between this tool, the Replace tool and this particular function Replace function. Difference is the Replace tool, replace text versus texts. It replaced the recites with leaves, but the function replaced based on position here. Even though we have a replace resides with leaves. But we had to give the pollution, but it's the starting number. Okay, let me go to this argument. Starting number, then the number of factors. So we have replaced it, but with the help of position. Now, because of this particular nature of Replace function, we are having the advantage. Now, what is the advantage? Over here? You can see this pin codes and all the pin codes are different from each other. Right? So if, let's say I'm making a bit of changes also in the pin codes, all the Pinker's, How come starting with one. So I've made certain changes. Now. I want to replace all the pin goes over here, which are different with a common thing, God, let's say six times one. Okay. Let's say for the security reasons. So how to go about this? So we already know how replace function works. So we're going to apply, Okay, let me shift this over here. And let me apply the function over here. So I'm applying a replace function. Old texts is this one fine starting number. Now we need to get the starting position of pin code. So again, I will apply fine function, fine text. What I'm looking for, I'm looking for pin code, which is not omen. So definitely I can't give anything within quotation what I'm going to do, I'm going to apply, right function. The texts. I will give this one and number two, I will give six. Now what's this right function is going to do? It will pick six character from the right side, which is the pin code. Within the find function. This function output, which is the pin code, will become our fine texts. That is what we want to find. The pollution fine comma within text, this one. Fine. So now what we have done, we have given the old text, we haven't given the starting number. So as a starting number, we have applied the find function under that. We have applied the right function to get the pin code. And with the help of pine function, we will get the position up till here. It's fine. Let me close the bracket for fine function comma. After that, we need to give number of characters. Okay? So how many number of character you want to replace? Pin goes out of six characters, so I'm giving six. Now. Next is new drugs. So how, so what is the new text I've told you I want to give 111111. Okay. Petition close bracket, close Enter. And I'm going to drag this. Now here you can see we have achieved something which is not possible with the help of tool, but only possible with the help of function. Now similar to this, I'm going to give you the task. What do you need to do? You need to replace the last five of the mobile number with x x x f x y for, let's say for the security reason here, you need not to change the up in code, but only the last five digits of the mobile number to five times x. So hopefully you will do this properly. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 28. Replace Function Project Solution: Welcome back students. So here we are to find the solution of the tasks that are given to relate it to replace. I've given you the towns that the last bisector of the mobile numbers will be converted into x five Timex, maybe for the security reasons. So over here, I'm going to apply a replace. Now all texts I'm selecting this particular cell comma. Starting number is not fixed in every sentence, so we need to nest here find function. Okay, So I've given fine. Now let's see what is common before mobile number. And we have done this before also, we have find something common before the mobile number that was hyphen. So I'm giving Ivan coma within texts is this one. Bracket close. Now number of characters. There is something, sorry. In the find function we have given hyphen, we have given A2, but we have raised to the hype and actually we have reached to the position of Haifa. Now we need to reach to the sixth square number. Because initial five visit when you not to change, starting from the sake, we need to change. So if we will consider HIV-1, we have reached then 123456. So we need to give plus six. Find coma. Now number of character five, we need to change. We need to replace five characters. And what is the new texts? What I want to replace 2345. Petition close bracket, close Enter. And let me drag this. We have got the result. So this is how a replace function works. Hopefully you have understood this well. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 29. Substitute Function: Welcome back students. In this video we are going to understand substitute function. Now substitute function seems like a replace function. But there is a basic difference between these two function, Replace function, as I've made you understand, also worked based on Odisha. Highway. Substitute function doesn't work based on position, but rather it's going to replace texts against text. So similar task if I want to do with the substitute function, let's say in place of recites, I want leads to come. Then the structure gonna be like this. So I'm going to apply substitute. First of all, I will have to give texts. The texts. I will have to select this cell which contains the text comma. After that, we need to give all texts. Now the alt-text is a resides. So here you need not to give any position as such. You can simply type the old text and the oldest is resides comma after that new texts. Now, new text is leaves. I'm giving lives. And the last argument is instance number. And you can see it is in square bracket means it's not compulsory argument. What is the use of it? We will understand it. But right now, let me close the bracket and you will see it has worked properly, means it is working properly. So now what is the use of that instance number, let's say resides is over here also. The sentence doesn't make sense. But then again, now there are two times reside in this particular sentence. And over here also you can see it has replaced The resides in two leaves. Okay? Now, if we have used a replace function, then replace function works on position-based. Now, if we had used a replace function that will replace only one decides to leave. The reason is being that works on position. But let's say in a sentence there are many decides or whatever you want to place. That is, many times. If you want to replace with certain texts like leaves, then it is better to use cells to function. You can see here. Now, there is some part of it. What is the importance of instance number? Now let's say it is new texts up till new types we have given, which is leaves comma after that instance number. Now other instance number, if I'm giving one, then it's going to replace the first resides into leaves. As you can see, the second will remain precise because as the instance and what I've given one. Now, if other instance number I'm giving two, then second one is going to replace the first one will remain, resides on. Similarly, you can give three or four also. If there are many reputation in a sentence, That's the importance of instance number. Now, pause the video and try to change means tied to replace all these pin codes into 116 times one. What we have done with the help of Replace function. So try to do this with the help of substitute function. Here is the solution. So I'm going to apply substitute function. Other texts, I'm going to select this cell which contains the text. Alt text is the pin code which we want to replace. Now how to get the pin code? Because this is not similar in every sentence. So simply we can't type it. However, we know what needs to be done. We are going to apply right function or the text. I'm selecting this cell number tetra and giving six so that this function is going to pick the pin code. This old texts is going to be this right function which picks up PIN code. Now, new test. I've told you that I want six times one. Fine. That's it. Bracket close Enter. And we have other solution. This whole substitute function can be used. Visit for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 30. Rept, Len Function and Project: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand too small function. First one is, second one is length. However, we type LEN. These are simple and small function but very useful. So first let's understand a repeat function. So our EPT, that is how you will have to type, That's the function. Now, first argument is debt. So whatever text you are going to give them giving this particular cell. So here we have the number, six digit number. Comma number of times means how many times you want to repeat this particular text. So let's say I'm given three. So it's going to repeat this three times. So this is very simple function. Second function that I'm going to talk about is the length function. So over here, I'm going to type LEN length. Then there is only one argument which is text. So let's say I'm selecting this particular cell which contains the mobile number, which is of ten character. So it's going to tell me how many characters are there. Ten. Now, if I'm going to drag over here, it is six characters, so it will be six. If I'm going to drag it over here. You can see in this particular sentence there are 57 characters. Over here, again to P7 character, fictitious characters, and so on. Now here's the task for you. You will have to find out in each sentence how many times a or a in small letter. Okay. Let's say in this first sentence, RAM, RAM. So is there one? After that here you can see no IDA, A2. So maybe over the third time or two times. So we have formed two times a, then two should come over here. Similarly, if over here, if it is three times, then three should come over here. So similarly, you will have to find that in a sentence. How many times a are good? Now the good part is, I'm not going to tell you what needs to be used. So till now, we have learned many texts function. You can use any text function in order to get me this desired result. Hopefully you will do this. Otherwise. Watch the next video for the solution. That is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 31. Project Solution - Substitute and Len Nesting: Welcome back students, time for the solution, for the task that has given to that how many times it occurred in a sentence. Okay, so first of all, how to find out this? What should the approach of if I'm going to apply a length function and I'm going to select this particular text. Then it's telling me that over here there are 49 characters. Fine. So we have got one of the aspect. Now, we will have to find out that overall there are 49 characters. And how many times a. So the approach that I'm going to use, that I'm going to count the number of characters with the help of length function without a. So how I'm going to remove k? That's quite simple. I can apply, I can apply substitute function and substitute text. I'm selecting this one. Old texts is a new test, is double quotation two times. And as I'm giving the rotation without any space, and that signifies blank actually. Ok, so in place of a blank will be means is going to be removed. Bracket close, That's it, and enter. Now in this particular sentence is not there because we have substitute this with blank. Okay? Now, let's check the length of it. I've applied the length function brackets dot or the text. I can consider this substitute function. And let me close the bracket. And now we can see that it is coming 47 without a base. Right now it has count, how many characters are there, but that without a, because we have removed the a with the handcuffs off to function. What I'm going to do just over here. After equal to, I'm going to apply the length function. Again. Beckett start selecting this particular tax bracket, close, subtracting this particular function, which doesn't have a, it will tell me how many times a has a good, fine. Let me drag it and we have got the solution. Then. Is it for the video? Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 32. Text to Column Option: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand a very important concept related to text and text to columns. We have understood all the texts related functions. But that's an amazing tool which has been provided by Excel in order to make things easy for us when we're managing text. Now from the very name, we can understand what x2 column does. Text to columns convert a single column text into multiple columns? Now, very important part is that data should be present in a single column. Let's say here we have got the perfect data where we will see few examples. Let me go to the data because Text to Column option is available under data tab. So let me go to the data. Now. Once I have reached here you can see in the data tools Text to Column option is present. And as I've told you, what it does is split a single column of texts into multiple columns. That what it does, a very important, as I've told you, data has to be in a single column. Let's say I'm selecting two columns over here. And if I will click on Text to Columns, it will generate an error. And the error is going to be like this. Microsoft Excel can convert only one kilometer. So at a time, only one column, yes, rows can be multiple. So I'm going to do the selection like this. Here. I've selected single column only, which is the a column. However, I've selected multiple rows from two til nine. Now, once I've done this, I need to click on Text to Column. I will get to see these options. Now, what it does is going to convert a single column text into multiple column, or it's going to split the data or split the text based on certain criteria. Now here you can do this. There are two options which are available with us. The first option is highlighted already are selected and that is known as a delimited. The second option is fixed width. We will come to fixed width later on. Let's first understand the delimited option. Now the delimiter is selected. Let me read out for you what it says. It's saying character such as comas or tabs separate each field. Now for example, they have mentioned comas or tabs, or the character we can give anything. By anything, i means any alphabets, any character, spatial character, special character like hyphen, hash, or any number. Also for that matter. Here, I've selected D limited. And after that, I'm going to click on Next. Now once I've clicked on Next here you can see these are the fixed or delimiters which I'm getting these or tab semi-colon comma space. And in other, you can type whatever you want, a single character you can type. Now, tab is already selected. However, in this particular data there is no tab which has been used. So I'm going to remove this tab. Semi-colon is also not used in this particular data. How are spaces there? So let me click on space. And the movement I've ticked on space delimiter you can see data has been separated based on space. Wherever space was, their data has been separated. Now we need to click on Next. After that it's asking for destination. And by default the destination is A2 only. That's going to be the first cell that you have selected. We can change it also. I will show it to you. But right now, let me click on Finish. Once I have done this, you can see the data has been updated. Now it's not going to serve so much. But anyhow, let's say if you if you want to get the name, we can get it from here. Okay, let me press Control Z in order to undo. Okay, and I've got the data as it is. And now let's do something practical. What I'm going to do, I'm going to separate the phone number means I want to get the phone number out of this data. So what I'm going to do, I've selected this particular column and going for text to columns. Again, D Limited is selected. That's fine. Let's go to next. Now, I will not use space because it's not going to serve my purpose. That is to get the mobile number only. I will go to other. Now you will have to see very carefully that is there any regularity in this data? And that is very important. There should be some, something common in each data before the mobile number. If you will look carefully, hyphen is present. So that's a good thing. We can use hyphens. So I've given a hyphen. Now, when I've given hyphen, you can see in place of hyphens, separation is created. Again, a very important aspect is whatever delimiter you are going to give. It can be semi-colon comma, or it can be anything which you are typing. You can type only one thing if I'm going to end, if I'm trying to type anything else, I can type this. Right now I'm typing something, but it's not going to come here because it's going to allow only single character. Now, apart from this particular delimiter that we have given, which is hyphen. We can give another also, which is present over here. So I'm going to give space. So here you can see on the basis of space and the other delimiter which is hyphen, is going to separate the data. But no, I'm not going to use space right now. To prove maturity. Let's say in place of hyphen, I'm typing a. And you can see in RAM, there is an a there. We have got dot data separated, but the problem is a is missing. That's because whatever delimiter I'm going to give, for example, I'm giving hyphen in place of hyphen. Separation will create. Okay, Now let me click on next. And after that, I'm clicking on Finish. Now, mobile number up till here I'm getting and I'm going to do the selection once again of this data. Let me go to Text to Column once again. Here I'm selecting D Limited, going to click on Next. And now I'm not going to give hyphen because in front of mobile number dot is common. So what I'm going to give, I'm going to give dot. And here you can see the separation has been created. We can see it in the sample data. Now let me click on Next and Finish. And we have got the desired result, which is the mobile number. Let me press Control Z once again in order to undo this. Now, another important aspect is when we are using this text to column option. And let's say I'm using the limited right now. I'm using this dot to separate the data. Now here the destination can be changed by default, it's going to select the first cell which you have selected. Now let me remove this. And I'm going to select, let's say this particular cell means this data will remain as it is, is not going to hamper this data in order to give me the desired result. Rather the result we will come here and let me click on Finish. Here you can see that this data is as it is, and I'm getting the result over here. So that's the importance of destination. Now, what is the importance of this fixed width option? Let me go to this data. Once again, I'm selecting this data. I will go to Text, to Columns. Here I'm going to select fixed width. And from the very name you can understand, by fixed width, it means it's going to create the separation on the basis of width. Let's say I'm clicking over here. It has created a separation. If I'm going to click over here, rains going to create the separation, I can move this separation pointer. If I'm going to double-click, it's going to remove also. However, I have created the separation over here. And irrespective of whether a dot is there or not, is going to create a separation on the basis of this straight line. So that is a fixed width option. Let me show you all. So let me click on Next and then Finish. And here you can see the separation has been created. However, in this kind of data, this is not very much practical or useful. But there are many situations where it is useful. And I'm going to show you that also. Let me go to this data which is over here. We just concatenate and here we have got the phone number. But the problem is we have got this 91 also, which is the country code. Now I want to separate the phone number from this 91. And if I want to use text to columns, what I'm going to do, I made the selection of this complete data. Then I will go to Text to Columns. Now I can't use delimited over here because these are numbers. Number can be repetitive here and there. So I can't use any number. Whatever number I'm going to use that is going to be removed from the data. So what I'm going to do, I can go for fixed width. And with the help of fixed width, it is very easy. Now, let me go to next, and from here, I will simply click over here. You can see that after 91 I want the separation. Click on Next and then Finish, and we have got our desired result. Now, Text to Columns option is not limited to just data on numbers. It can be used to solve a very typical date related problem on. So let me show you here intentionally what I've done. I have said the format of my system in the US woman means if I'm going to type the date over here, it has to be month first, then day. And then here I'm seeing this particular format when I'm typing a date in a numerical manner, let's say I'm not typing may, rather I'm typing five in order to represent me, which is the fifth month. So whenever I'm tapping a date with the help of values only, then I will have to keep this in mind. That month has to be typed than day and then year. Because the format which has been set in my system, in my computer is such. You can change the format. And if you have changed the format than this problem is not going to be exist. But in many of the companies, the problem is their format is US format. And intentionally, as I've told you, I've changed the format over here also, what I'm going to do, I'm going to give you two examples. First, I'm typing a date which is 4th of January 2022. Now, I've typed fourth January 2022. I'm just demonstrating that we are habitual to right, Dave first, then month and then we Indians in particular. If the system format is US format, then that's a wrong date because I've typed 4th of January 222. Let me press Enter. It has been considered as date because you can see it has been right aligned. And let me go to home. Here it is coming custom. If it has been considered as date, maybe date will come or customer will come. That's an indication that it has been considered as date. Now, Let me go over here and let me go to this long date option. Okay. Now here you can see it is considered first of April to having 200 too high. What my intention was to type, that is 4th of January 2022. So that is one kind of mistake and other kind of mistake is I'm going to type 14th of February 2022. Now, that's the same kind of typing mistake, but here what's going to happen? It will not be considered as dead. If I'm going to select the cell, you can see gender is coming. The reason is being, I've typed 14, and there are only two elements, so it has not been considered as dead. So same kind of typing mistake, but there are two kinds of results. First one is the wrong date it has considered, and the second, it has not been considered as D, D1. It is simply a gender or gender text. You can see, in order to correct this, we can use Text to Columns option. I'm going to select this. After that, let me go to data, text to columns delimited. Next. After that, don't select any option, don't give anything. Click on Next. And from here you need to select Date. Under date here you can see M d, y is coming. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to select D M, Y, that is day, month, year. They representing day and month and y here. Now destination cell is A2 by default. However, I'm going to change it so that you can see the results. So I'm selecting this A5 cell and click on Finish. And here you can see it has been considered a date. Let me change the format so that it will be easy for you to understand. So here I'm selecting long did, and here you can see the error has been rectified. Now, it is 4th of January 2022. What I have typed initially what my intention was and here also it has been considered as date. It is coming as 14th of February 222. You might be thinking what will happen if I'm going to change the format of it, nothing will happen because this is general. Let me select this cell. Let me go to this option. And I'm going to select long date and you can see nothing is happening because this has not been considered as d, d1. So that's the importance of x2 column. You might have understand what are all the options you can use. This is it for the video? Thanks for watching. Have a nice day. 33. Protect Workbook in Excel: Welcome back students. So in this video we are going to understand a very important yet easy feature which is Protect Workbook. Now, why workbook? We mean Excel file. This is the complete a workbook which we can see the filename is function data. And here we have bought many sheets. That's the complete workbook for us. Now what Protect Workbook do? Because protecting a workbook is very easy. You just need to give the password by clicking over here. But for us, it is very important to understand it what it does. Going to lock it on the structural level. If you're thinking that when we are going to protect the workbook, then we can't make any changes in this data means we can't delete anything, we can't type anything. So that's not the case. You can do whatever changes you want to do in this data. So what you can do where it's going to serve the purpose. So it's going to lock it on the structural level. As I've told you, what is mean that we can't make any changes on the sheet level? Let's say I'm going to right-click over here and I want to insert a new sheet so I can simply click on Insert. And new sheet has been created. Similarly, I can rename it, I can delete this, I can move and I can do the copy. There are lots of things that I can do with this particular sheet. However, if I'm going for Protect Workbook, let me go to this Protect Workbook. And here you need to give the password. And here you can see structure is picked. So it's going to lock it on the structure level. So I'm going to give the password and always remember the password. Otherwise it is very difficult to retrieve it. So I have given the password and click on, Okay, then again, I will have to give the same password in order to confirm. Click on Okay, and it has been protected. Here you can see it is highlighted a bit in gray shade. This means Protect Workbook is activated right now. What is going to do, as I've told you, is not going to protect your data. Means if I want to type something in this particular data, is going to allow me that if I want to delete anything, I can do that as well. So what I can do as I've told you, that, if I'm going to do the right-click on this particular sheet, let's I want to delete this. I can't do that because all those options are now inactive. You can see that I can't insert any new sheet icon to delete this sheet, renamed, Move or Copy, tap color, height, unhide. These are all options which are inactive right now. Because of this feature has been activated. How we can make use of it. It is very useful in date. Let me unprotected this. So simply you need to click over here. This particular option is under review tab. So first you need to click on the view and after that under protect, this particular option is there, which is of Protect Workbook. So let me click on this once again. I need to give the password and click on, Okay. Now this particular workbook is no longer protected. So if I want to delete anything, I can simply delete. If I want to hide something. Now, this is something where I used it quite often. Next, I want to hide this particular sheet, which is the investment sheet. So right-click, click on height, and it has been hidden. Now, it is very easy for another user to unhide this, how they can simply do the right-click after that, they can go for unhide. And here you can see the sheet is visible. You need to simply click on, Okay, and it's going to be unhide. However, I want to hide it. And I don't want to allow the user to unhide this. So what I'm going to do, I will go for Protect Workbook. I will get the password. Okay. Let me confirm the password. Fine. The other user will try to unhide any particular shade, which is height. They will do the right-click, but they can't do this because that particular option is inactive. So how they can do this, the only way to do this if they know the password. This how it's going to protect your workbook on the structural level. And this is one practical example that I've shown you. Okay, let me click over here. And I'm going to protect this. Now. I can unhide. This workbook can be protected in Excel. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 34. Protect Sheet: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand how to protect the sheet. Now here, we can protect our data. Let's say I'm over here. If function in this particular shape, I don't want any changes to happen. I don't want to allow any user to make any changes in this particular data. So what I'm going to do, I will go to the View under review. You may see this particular option which is Protect Sheet. Click on this. Once you will do that here, it's asking for the password. You need to give the password. Now, let me read out for you protect worksheet and content of locked cell. Now what is locked cell? By default, every cell is locked cell. And what is the input? And what is the importance of log cell and unlock cell. You will get to understand this in the later videos. However, right now. For your understanding, you can say that every cell is a locked cell. Anyways. So when this particular sheet is protected, then these are the things that you can allow user to do. Now what are all these options? You can allow the user to select the Log cell or unlocked cell. You can allow the user to Format Cells. By format, we mean to say, converting the data or the text into bold, italic, color, and other options. So these are the things that you can allow user to make changes even if the sheet is protected. However, I'm just allowing the user to select the cell right now, which is the by default option. I'm, I'm giving the password. Now you need to confirm the password. And this particular sheet, which is IF function has been protected. Now, remember, only one sheet is going to be protected at a time. Only this sheet has been protected. And if I'm going to make any changes over here, let's say I want to delete this. I can't do that. You can see that we're getting the message, the cell or chart you are trying to change is on protected sheet. Okay. So I can't make any changes in this particular data. As I told you, only this particular sheet is protected. Let's say I'm over here in text example, and I want to delete this particular text. I can do that because this **** is not protected. So at a time only one single sheet is going to be protected. The sheet, which is activated right now. So if function sheet is activated, now how to protect this? It's very simple. You need to click on unprotected. She'd give the password and it's going to be unprotected. Now, let me demonstrate another important example. When we protect the sheet. And I'm giving the password. Now the sheet is protected. And if I'm going to Home tab, and you can see all the format options which is bold, italic, underline, color options are in an inactive form. Means you can make any changes in terms of format also. Okay. So let me go to this review. And under the review, this Protect Sheet option is there right now. Unprotected sheet is coming because we have just protected this. So let me click over here. I'm giving the password. Okay. Now I'm going to put it the shade, but this time what I'm going to do, I'm going to allow the user to make changes in terms of format. They are allowed to format the cells. So I've checked on this option, I'm giving the password. Let me confirm the password. Okay. And definitely I can't make any changes. The message you will get. But let's say I'm in this particular cell, I will go to home. And now you can see this format options are active. So if I want to fill color, I'm going over here. I can do that. I can convert this into gold. So on the format part, I can make changes because I have allowed that. Let me go to the review once again, click on unprotected shade, giving the password. Fine. Now let's understand another important option. I'm going to this particular sheet, which is investment over here. There are certain interests like investment rate of interest ball amount. Let me delete this. Now for some reason what I want, I want to put it this particular sheet. I don't want the user to make any changes in this sheet. However, I want the user to make entry in this cell, means this cell should be allowed 123. Let me consider this cell also. So five cell overall, B2, B6, B12 allow the user to make changes. Because they need to feed the information over here. So what needs to be done? First of all, the Protect Sheet need to be inactive. This means the sheet should not be in a protective manner so that we can allow these particular cells. So you need to select the cell where you want to allow the user to make changes. Even if the sheet is protected, then you need to go to this Edit ranges. You need to go to new. By default, name is arranged one. You may keep it as it is or you can make the changes. Now, this is the cell reference, the cells which I have selected. After that, it's asking for the range password. It's up to you. It's an optional thing. You can give the password or you can skip that part. If you are giving the password, then whenever user will come here to make changes, it will ask for the password. Let me give the password over here. I will click on, Okay, I will confirm the password. And after all this, you need to click on, apply. Click on OK. The changes has been saved. Now let me click on Protect Sheet. I'm giving the password. Again, confirm the password. Click on, Okay. Now the rest of the data, if I'm going to make any changes or if I want to feed any information, that's the message you are getting, the cell or chart you are trying to change is in protect sheet. Now, in this particular cell, I have allowed the user to make changes, but then again, they need to give the password. So if I'm in this particular cell and I want to type the figure, the movement, I will start typing, that's the message I will get. That is enter the password. I need to give the password. And if the password is correct, after that, you are allowed to make changes in this particular cell, means five says, In rest of the cell, definitely you can't make any changes. Now, I have told you that given the password over there is optional thing. Let me and protect the sheet. Let me go to this, allow edit ranges. Now if you don't want to allow this, it's very simple. You need to click over here and you'll need to click on Delete. It will be deleted. You can modify that also. Let me click on cancel so that the changes will not be saved. Now I'm clicking over here. We'll go to modify. And here you can see the password option is coming. It's asking for the new password. You can give the new password. You can change the range also. You can change the title as well. However, what I want to do, I want to delete this only. I'm going for new. And over here, I'm giving the range once again, which is this one. And this time I'm not giving the password. Click on, Okay. Click on, Apply, then click on. Okay. Let me protect the sheet with the password. Fine. And after that, again, I can't make any changes in the other cell, but in these cells I can make changes and I can do the entry as well because I allowed this and this time it's not asking for the password because I've not given the password over there. So these are the options related to protecting the sheet or protecting the data in your sheet. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 35. Hide Formula and Unlocked Cell: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand two important aspects related to protect it. First important aspect is when you protect the sheet. So let me go to a review and protect the sheet and clicking on Protect Sheet, give the password, confirm the password sheet has been protected. I can't make any changes and that's absolutely fine. That's the purpose of protecting the sheet. However, while this particular cell is selected, you can see this in the formula bar. The formula is visible. Okay? I don't want this, I don't want the formula be visible. Now, first of all, let me and protect the sheet. I'm giving the password. After that, select the cell. And here I've made the selection from edge to edge 15 where you want to hide the formula. So then click on right-click and you need to go to Format Cells. Now, over here, the last option which is coming us protection, click over here. And here you may see the option of freedom. Now, there is one very important message. Let me read out for you. Blocking cell or hiding formulas has no effect until you protect the worksheet. Of course, you need to protect the sheet and after that, whatever formula is there in the cell that will be hidden. So let me click on, Okay, now, right now it is of course visible because the sheet is not protected yet. Let me go to the Protect Sheet, give the password, confirm the password. And after that, if I'm going to select this cell, you can see in the formula bar, nothing is coming. Because in this particular cell, we have sent the protection in such a manner that the formula is hidden. However, if I'm selecting this particular cell where it has not hidden, you can see the formula bar. Now. Let me go to this unprotected sheet, give the password, and let me select the range. Go to the Format Cell, go to protection, and simply you can click on this hidden option. So now this particular cells are not hidden. Click on, Okay. The next important aspect that we need to understand is, let's say for some reason what I want whenever I'm protecting the sheet, I can select any cell. However, I don't want that. I want that only this cell can be selected. I'm going to use this fill color in order to make you understand. These are the only cell I want the user to select. Means. Here, user is allowed to do the selection rest of the data. Users should not be able to do the selection E1, because if they can do the selection, they can do the copy also, it is possible even after you have protected the sheet. So what I can do, again, do the selection of the cell. Right-click. Go to Format Cells. Now when here in the protection, you need to uncheck this option which is locked. I have told you in the previous video that by default all the cell isn't locked format. Okay, So there are two option when you are protecting the sheet, when you select locked cell, select unlocked cell. So there are two options. Now, what is the property of this cell now? Because I have removed this option now, these cells which I've selected has been converted into unlock cell. After that, let me go to the review, go for Protect Sheet. And over here you can see there are two options. Select locked cell and select unlocked. Now if you ever click on this select unlocked cell, here you can see the checkbox has been removed automatically from select cells as well. So it is not possible to just ticked on this particular option which is select unlocked. Sorry. This is so this is not possible to simply select only one. This particular option, we just select locked cell. If you will click over here, then this both will be selected. However, what we can do, we can remove this particular part which is select locked cell. And I want to allow the user to select the unlocked cell only so that is possible. I'm giving the password and confirming the password. Fine. Now, over here you can see I can't make a selection of cell highway over here. I can make the selection. So let me unpack this. And if you want to change the property once again, you need to do the selection, go to Format Cell protection. And here you need to take on this which is locked. Click on Okay, it has resumed its property. These are the two important aspect of Protect Sheet. First one is to hide the formula and the second one, how protect cell, an unprotected cell feature works? This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 36. Protect Excel File with Password: Welcome back students. In this video, we're going to understand a very simple, yet very important feature that how to protect the Excel file with the password. Now, we're not talking about protecting the workbook on structural level. The feature over here can be used in MS Word as well. What I want that whenever user is opening this particular file, it should ask for the password is, password is correct then only they can have the access to this data, otherwise not. So it is very simple to do what you need to do. You need to go to File, which is here. After that, you need to go to info over here. After that you will get to see this option of Protect Workbook. Click over here. And the second option right now, which is encrypt with password. You will get to see this particular option. Now click over here. It's asking for the password. Now, very important information is given. That is if you lose all forgot the password, it can't be recovered. Also, the passwords are case-sensitive. Okay. So I'm giving the password. Confirming the password again, okay. After that, simply just save it, Control S and then close it. Now this is the file which is function data. And this particular file is over here. So let me open this. Now. Here you can see it's asking for the password. Now, intentionally giving the wrong password. And here you can see the password you supplied is not correct. Verify the Caps Lock. Overall, you will not have the access to the data. I'm clicking on. Okay, fine. Let me click over here once again. And then giving the password like this, this is the correct password. Click on okay. And now you can see I'm having the access to this data. How to remove it? You need to go to file. After that, go to info over here, encrypted password. And manually you will have to remove the password. Click on, Okay, and the password has been removed. Now you need to go back to the data press Control S. Make sure you have saved this. Closing it. Now, I'm going to open it. It will not ask for the password. So this how we can protect our Excel file with the help of password. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 37. Print Options in Excel part 1: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand all the options which are available under Page Layout tab. Now, all the options are related to print a one by one. We will say this. First of all, how to see the print preview? So in order to see the print preview, you need to press shortcut, which is Control P. Here, print preview is available. So over here you can see one of eight means this is the first page out of eight pages. And by clicking over here, you can move to second page, third, 45678. You can see the line over here, the print button is down then over means this is the first page. After that. This is the second page. Once it prints everything downwards, then it's dumb in the right side. So this is the fifth page, which is single line only. Then it is fifth page than it is six page and so on. Okay. So this is the pattern, actually I've told you, and this is how you can preview your print. Now, there are options one by one. We're going to understand this. The first option in the Page Layout tab is the margin option. Now this is the margin and let me click over here. You will get to see three options which are widely used. First one is the normal margin, or the normal margin. You can see in the top side, 1.291 centimeter in the bottom, again, 1.91 centimeter has been left. In the left and right side, 1.78 centimeter has been left. Now if I'm going for white option, so over here, top and bottom margin and left and right margin is more. If I will click on this, you will see this line. Now this line has been shifted over here because for the margin we are living more space and the content, we are living very less space. Similarly, if we want to print more and one to left less space for the margin than we might go for narrow option. So let me click over here. And now you can see the margin is up till here. So before when we have seen the print preview of this particular document, we have seen there are eight pages. Let me show you control P for print preview. You can see now there are four pages only. Because for the margin, again, we're leaving less space. So the content is gonna be more. Okay. Let me get back to normal margin. If you are not satisfied or happy with these options, you may go for custom margin. The custom margin, you can set the margin by yourself. But remember, don't put the margin 0. Okay. I'm clicking on Cancel because I don't want to set the custom margin. The next option is the page orientation. So this is the second option we just page orientation. And page orientation are of two types. First one is the portrait, second one is the landscape support. It is this particular mode you can see. And another option is landscape. So let me go click on landscape. Now this particular data has been represented in landscape mode. So let me press Control P and you will be able to understand what I mean to say. Here. This is the landscape mode, 123456. So overall 56 pages, it's getting printed. Initially, we have seen the problem that the complete data is not getting printed. The line was over here. So we have seen there are two ways to rectify that. It's not that always it's going to rectify because there can be more columns also. But in these cases you may go for margin and Human go for narrow option or you may go for custom option also in order to solve this problem. Another option, because the orientation is quoted, you may go for landscape option also if the columns are more. Now the next option is the size, which is actually a paper size. By default, the paper size has been selected as letter. But universally paper size which is being used is a four. So the rule is, whatever paper size is there in the printer, that paper size you will have to select over here also, so that both of it can synchronize the welded together. Let's say if I'm going for paper size, which is, let's say a3. A3 is a very big paper size. Let's say I'm going for A3. And over here you can see the margin has been set over here because it's a big paper size. Now in your printer, if you have got, let's say A4 paper size. And here you have selected A3 paper size, then it's not going to work properly and you will not get the desired result. So always whatever paper size has been there in the printer, you need to select the same paper size over here as well. Most of the time it is a four, so I'm selecting the E4. Let's come to the print area option. In the preview, we have seen that there are overall eight pages which are getting printed. However, I don't want to print the complete data, but rather I want to print only this much portion. So you need to select this the way I've selected. Then go for print area and you want to click on Set Print Area. Once you have done this, let me press Control P. Now this is the only area which is going to be printed. Now, apart from this particular area, I want to print this particular content as well. So you need to select that once again, go to Print Area and go for add to print area. Let me press Control P once again. And here you can see this is the first page. In the second page, the next area will be visible. If you need to remove this unit to go here, and you'll need to click on Clear Print Area. The next option is a break, which is page break. Now here you can see column-wise, the page break is up till f column. Because I have choose the paper size, which is A4. Okay? Now, if am going downwards over here, you can see it is up til 149 row, which is hemangioma. Up till here, it is getting printed. I'm talking about the FirstPage. If we will talk about the second page, then again, in the second page, it is up to 99th. We just plug rhythm. Okay? However, let's say in the first page, I want up till 15 means the main strategy. You can see up till here only I want in the first page. So what you need to do, you need to set your cursor in a manner which I'm going to show you like I'm setting my cursor. This is the main chatter G. Now we can see that it is going to be printed up till this particular column. We can't increase the column, we can increase the row also with the help of page break, but we can decrease it. I want to print up till manage energy. So my cursor need to be over here because there's a column limitation. Now you need to go one step downward, one step in the right. Your cursor need to be over here. After that. Go for break, go for insert page break. So here you can see a line which is an indication of paper. Now in the first page, up till manage energy only is going to be printed. Let me press Control P. And here you can see in the first page, up till mentioned, it is getting printed. However, second page onwards, it is going to be printed normally. Apart from this, let say in the second page, I want up till allele two, we print it. So again, my cursor has to be here because there's a column limitation. After that. One step downward, one step in the right. Again going for a break and insert page break. Now you can see, let me press Control P in the first page, it is getting printed up till manage energy. And the second page up till a non-elite and third page onwards is going to print it normally. Now if you need to remove it, then you'll need to set cursor over here only. Go to break and remove Page Break. It's going to remove. And if you want to remove all page breaks, not one-by-one. So you may go for break and you need to click on reset all page breaks. So page breaks has been removed. Now, let's go to background. Now. This is just for the display purpose. Let me go to the background option. Now from here you can see the option of from a file. Let me browse it. This is the image I can use, so I'm selecting this particular image. Here. You can see it is coming like this. However, it's just for the display purpose. If I'm going to press Control P, you will see it is not printable. Is it possible to print any image in the background? Yes, it is possible. There are ways and we'll show you that. However, I'm going to delete this next option that we are going to understand other grid lines and heading options. So the lines you can see in this document, these are the grid lines. You can remove the view option. And you can see green lines are not visible if you want to print this because by default, let me press Control D. You can see lines are not visible. You can click on print, and now it is visible. Similarly, headings, so a, B, C, D, 1234. These are called headings. If you don't want to say this again. And Jack w option, you can see it is not visible if you want to print them, because again, by default these are not printable. But you can click on Print. Let me press Control P, and you can see these are printable. Now. There are many more important options in page layout, which we are going to understand in the next video. First of all, practice this. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 38. Print Options in Excel part 2: Welcome back students. Till now, we have understood many options under Page Layout, which meant for printing purpose. Let's understand the option under Print Titles. So the first option that I'm going to make you understand about its pattern. Right now the pattern is down then over means this is the first page which is going to be printed. Next page is going to be this 1. Third, fourth, and then it will come over here. This is the fifth page, and then this is the six phases. So the pattern is first, it will go downwards, then in the right sides. So it is termed as down then over. Let me press Control P in order to show you the preview. This the first page. This is the second which is downwards, third, fourth. And after that, this is the fifth page, which is just next to the first page. But however, it is dumbing the fifth page because of the pattern which is selected that is down then over. You can change it. You need to go to Print Titles again, which is under Page Layout. And over here you can see down then over unit to select over them down. Okay, click on Okay, then Control P. Now, this is the first page. This is the second page. Third page, fourth page. So as per your requirement, you can choose the buttons. Now, next important aspect is when we're printing, let me press Control D Once again. This is the first page. We are having the title. Now. In the second page, we are having the title, but we're not having the names because this is coming in the second page and these are only the fingers. It is very hard for us to understand who's figures these are. So we wanted the name to repeat over here. If I'm going to third page here, you can see the titles are not repeating because that was available in the first page only. And definitely here, neither titles or they're not names are there. Okay. So there is a simple solution to this. Again, we need to go to print titles. Now over here, there's one very wonderful option, which is Rows to repeat at top. Now, you need to set your cursor over here and draw, which I want to repeat is the first row. So we need to do the selection like this. Okay? So it has been selected now columns to repeat at left, and that's the column, I'm going to select it. So it has to be the first column and first row only most of the time. That is the column or row which contains a title or important information. Okay, so let's click on, Okay. And let me press Control P. Now, in the first place title was there before also. But in the second page you can see name is repeating. In the third page. Again, title is there, that's a good thing. And in the fourth page, title is also their name is also presented. Very easy to understand. So that is one very important option. Next options are the header and footer option. Let me go to the print titles once again. And here you can see the option of Header and Footer. Let me click over here. Now these are predefined header option. And let's say I want to give the file name, which is IF functions, sorry, the sheet name. Here is the file name. There are many more options you can give whatever option you want. Let's say I'm giving this filename and in the footer I'm giving the page number. So giving the page number, having many options like simply you wouldn't give the page number. You can give page one of how many pages you can give that also, I have selected this. Let me click on, okay, let me press Control P. And here you can see the preview. Over here you can see function data. Over here you can see page one of eight, and it's a repeating. There's a header and footer option. Now how to remove this header and footer option. So you'll need to come over here. And you will have to select none. Again, you will have to select None. Click on OK Control P, and you will see it has been removed. Okay? How to remove these titles? Option also means rows that we have repeated and columns that we have repeated. Very simple one. You simply need to delete it manually. However, I do want to do that. Now, let's understand giving few custom headers and footers. I'm again clicking on print titles. Let me go to Header and Footer option. Now, here is the option of custom header and custom footer. We can understand any one of these because the pattern and the procedure is going to be same. So let me click on Custom Footer. Now, this is the left section, this is the center section, and this is the right section. And these are all the options that we can give one by one. I'm going to make you understand the first option is the format text options. Let me click on this. Over here. Let's say I am selecting this particular color option, bold and sizes, 12. Also, you can select the font style. Font type. Let me click on, Okay, over here, let's say I'm tapping and data. Let me give space. After that I'm giving, and now this is the page number option. Let me set my cursor over here. If I will. Move my cursor over here, you will get to see the option which is insert page numbers. So this is the page number of the total number of pages. So I have selected this, so this is the total number of pages. Also you can give Did you can insert the dates. So it's going to display the current date, Today's date. I'm giving. And once again, you can give time also. Okay. Apart from this, there is the option insert file path. Next to the filename is function data, but it's talking about file path. This file is over. Well, let's say it is in C drive. Then which folder? So this is the file path. So you can give the file path also. Now this is the file name option. This is the sheet name option. You can insert all this thing. Apart from this very important part is you can insert an image as well. So if I will go to Insert Image, browse. Okay, let me go to an option where small size image is available, because here it's not going to adjust automatically. Okay, So let's say I'm selecting a logo. It is comparatively small in size. Let me click on, Okay. Let me click on, Okay, once again, press Control P. And over here you can see the footer that we have created is coming. How to remove it? Same procedure, print titles, header and footer, come over here. That's a customized that we have created, but that will be shown like this. And come over here, select None and click on. Okay. Now, apart from this, let me go to Print Titles once again, header and footer. I have selected page number options. These options are there different odd and even pages. So if I'm going to select this, it's going to show me odd numbered pages. Let me click on OK, Control P. And over here you can see page one of eight. However, in the second page, it's not showing anything. In the third page. Again, it's showing the page number. In the fourth page. It's not showing anything. Apart from this, there is another option which is a different first page. Now in this case, the first page, page number will not be shown. Let me click on Print Preview directly. Now over here you can see in the first page, page number is not there covering the second page. Page number is present in the third page also page number is present. So it is up to you which particular option you want to use. I'm going to remove this. So these are all the options related to print. Now if you know all the options very well, then you will not face any problem while printing any particular Excel file. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 39. Vlookup Function: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand a very important function, which is a VLookup. Now, in VLookup, V stands for vertical. Means here, the data, the presentation is vertical. So that's the reason we can apply the lookup. High. What if data representation is horizontal? We can apply lookup and we will learn that also. But first our focus is on VLookup. Now, what is VLookup function? What it does, it's basically falls under the category of Lookup and Reference function. This means this function is being used to look something. Now what exactly this function do? So before we get into this, let's understand the data. So here we have got compare data. You can see this is the file name. In the Compare data. We have got serial number, we have got name, which is very important. We don't have contacts, qualification, force, location, and email id. Apart from male, we don't have any further details. Now, we have got another Excel file here you can see which is real data and it is open. Now in the real data inquiry sheet, you can see we have serial number, name, and along with name, we have bought Pontiac numbers, qualification, Coats, location, and e-mail ID. We have got all the details. Now carefully, look at this data. Over here you can see the name, which is the mid Shelly Sharma Avinash one day. Now remember this three name in a sequence, Amit Sharma Avinash, find it. Let me get back to this data competitor. Here you can see the names are but one payment value on our angle theta. What I mean to say that NAM names are not matching. If the names would have matched, then definitely I would have been gone for copy-paste simply. So what we're going to do, what this data is actually miss this in this competitor we have got named. We're not sure whether this name is there in the master data, naught, which is the real data. Now our first task is to identify whether this particular name is of level in the master data or not. The second task is if that if this particular name is available in the master data than what its contact number. So we need to extract the contact number from the master data. Now, there are two tasks that will be involved in VLookup. First, we will have to identify whether this particular name is there in the master data or not, which is the real data. Second, if this name is dead in the master data, then corresponding to that name, what its contact number. So we need to get the contact number of one's also. Okay. So first of all, as I've told you, we need to find out whether this name is there in that data or not. And if it is there, what its contact number. Now, we can search in that data with the help of control Apple to, you know, find like this. But it's going to find anything individually. And then we got find something. Let's say if I'm looking for and put one over here, okay? So it is here it is one. Find Next, okay? So, but what is there? However? And his contact number is also of levels, so we need to copy this. We need to get back to that data and we need to paste it. Now just think about this. There are many names for all there are, let's say 341 name. And if we are going to do it individually for each and every name, how much time is going to take. Their CMS will look up what VLookup function is going to do exactly the same what we have done manually. But it's going to say plenty of time with a 100% equity. Okay? So let's begin. So over here, I'm going to start VLookup function. I'm pressing Tab, you can do that. Double-click also, fine. So we have applied VLookup function brackets start. Let's come to the first argument. The first argument over here is a lookup value. Now, this is very important. Lookup value is the value which you are looking for in the master data. Now what is the thing that you're looking for in the master account? You may say contact number. No. We are not looking for the contact number in the master data because we don't have a contact number over here. We want to extract the contact number based on the knee. So what we're looking for, we're looking for actually need lookup value is the data which is available in both the fights are both the data. Okay? So this is the first important thing that the lookup value must be available in both the data. Otherwise how you will look for something if you don't have anything to look up. Locally. Over here, we have bought Name. Now, this is the first aspect that lookup value has to be above level in both the data. Now second aspect is lookup. Value has to be unique by Nietzschean. Let's say over here, named, we have bought. And that is mostly unique by nature name or if you've been through this a name also, then mostly it is unique by nature. What other things are unique? Manager role number ten, number contact's e-mail IDs. These are unique by nature. And with the help of this kind of information, we can look anything. But if we have got qualification, force, location, these are not unique by nature. If let's say I'm talking about qualification, MC qualified candidates can be a 100. So on that basis will not be able to look anything because that's not unique by nature. So now I have told you two attributes. First, it has to be available in both the data. Second, it has to be unique by Ninja. Fine. Now lookup value. So this is the lookup value which is in B2 cells. So I'm going to select this L comma. After that, we need to give the table array. Over here you can see we have given the comma. This is very important and this is a common mistake students do. Often they forget to provide former. They get to the other data. Now, what is stable at it? Let's come to the point. What is table array argument? Table array is the data we are, we are looking for the lookup value means the master detector. So here the master data is available in different files. So I will have to go to a different file. So this is real data. So now I'm over here. It can be different file, it can be in a different sheet also. Okay, So that's not the issue. Now, while giving the table array, again, there are certain rules. What are the rules? The first rule is selecting the table array. You should avoid selecting the friend named preliminary, see the name named contexts. Generally we call them headings. You should not select headings while selecting the table array or the data. So a wide selecting the headings. So this is the first row. Second rule is, and it's very important. Whatever is the lookup value, lookup value was named over there. You will have to start selecting the data starting from that column, which is the lookup value. So lookup value was named. So we will have to start selecting the data or the table at it from here, because we need to avoid the headings. We should not select it from serial number. We need to select it from named because Nimbus and lookup value. This is the very important part. Now, let me do the selection. Now you can do the selection. I'll press Control Shift and then a right arrow key in order to select the right-side data. Then I'm pressing the down arrow key in order to make sure that I'm selecting the complete data by going downwards. Now over here you can see up till 120 it has selected. But I know actually that there are more interests than one to d. Actually there are 340 data. So why it has selected up till 120? Because after 120, you can see there is a no value equally, there is no name activity. This may happen, but you need to make sure that this should not have admins. You need to select a complete data. Otherwise, you will not get the correct result. Okay, so let me press Control Shift again. And what is the solution to this? Nothing. You can simply keep on pressing Control Shift and keep on pressing down arrow key till the time you have selected the complete data. Now let say 341 is the completed. I know. But if you don't know, you can press down arrow key once again, not been issued. So you can see that we have done the extra selection now, no need to worry, just press the up arrow key. Once. Even now, I have pressed Control and Shift Up Arrow key. Done. So we have selected the complete data. Now over here also you can see look at the formula bar. Now B2 was the lookup value comma. Now other table, we have selected a real data. You need not to give real data. It will automatically take it. Now the only does the file name actually after that inquiries the sheet name and range it has selected from b2, g3, 42. You can see dollar sign in front of it. This means it has made it constant, or you can say absolute. That is very important. In all the latest version starting from 2010, It's going to make it constant by itself. But sometimes if it's not going to do that, you need to press function key and effort in order to make it constant. It is very important that the table that the other data that you have selected, it's constant. Otherwise, what will happen because we are going to drag this particular formula or function in order to have the contact number of other names also in the data where we have applied the function because we are going to drag it downwards. Then if it is not constant, then this range also going to go downwards. We know the importance of why it is important to make it constant. Fine former. After this, we need to give the column index number. Now, till now, what we have done, we have given the lookup value, we have given the data where we're looking for this lookup value. Now, we have got the lookup value. Let's say. Now on that basis, we need to tell the Excel that which column number contains the value which we want to extract over there. What is the column index number means? What is the column number actually? So we need to start counting the column number from here name. Why is it so because we have done the selection from here, we have not selected serial number. So we will avoid this and we will start counting from here. This one, this is two, this is 3456. What we want, we want contact number which is in column number two. So simply we will give two comma after that, a range lookup, the last argument. Now the last argument, there are two options. First one is true, which is, which stand for approximate match. Second one is false. We stand for exact match. Most of the time we do false exact match. We don't want to do approximate match when we are searching for, but once we want to come only, we don't want her once in our other things. So definitely we will go for false means exact match when we have selected false means when the false was highlighted, you need to press Tab button. Nature false is coming over here many times. We press Enter. So that's not going to work actually. In place of false, you can give 0 and so that's also going to work. Okay? False is equivalent to 0, bracket close and Enter. And here you can see we have got the result. We have got the contact number of one, which is this one. Great. Now let me drag it. And over here you can see we have got the result for each and every name. Now very important aspect is what is this hash and Hashanah means in that data, Jessica, there's no one with the name Jessica actually. So this is why hash NAs coming. That's a function error that's indicating that there is no match, means there is no monarch in that master data. Now, another kind of input you may get a one is coming like this. Let me go to the master data. Master data. We know what month is over here and let me delete this phone number, contact number. So if I'm going to do this, and over here you can see 0 is coming. So 0 is representing what? 0 representing blank means per month is there, we have got the match, but whatever we wanted to extract, that particular cell is blank. So that is why 0 is coming. Okay? So three kind of result you will get first, you are going to get the result. That's fine. Second, Hashanah means there is no match with that name. Third 0, this means match happened. But whatever value you want to extract that is blank. This is all about. We look up what I want you to do. I want you to get qualification, course location and email id by applying the VLookup function. So that will be good practice for you. This is it for the video. Thanks for watching. Have a nice day. 40. Iferror Function with Vlookup: Welcome back students. So in this video, we are going to understand about a very important function, which is now if other function is being used in order to take care of the problem which arises due to function error. Now, why I'm explaining this a bit VLookup, because it is very important function and it can be used anywhere where you are getting the function error. Hi, What? With VLookup? It has got a special significance. Now over here you can see hash and it was coming from the previous video. You have understood why hashing is coming because Jessica was not present in the data. So that's the reason it's giving the function error, which is NA, which means Jessica is not presenting the data. So wherever you are getting this hashing and this means there's no match found high when it is coming like this, which doesn't look good. So what I want, I want to make use of if, era and in place of hash. And I want something to type by myself. Let's say I want no match for him to come. How to do that? It's quite easy. So over here I'm coming. Now after equivalent to here, I'm going to apply the function which is if error. So I will type IF error. Now once you will type IFERROR function and we'll give the bracket. After that. There are two arguments. The first argument is value and the second argument is value error. Now the first argument is value. Now in place of value, you need to give the formula actually how this function works. In place of value unity, give the formula or function. If that particular formula or function is giving a proper result, then it's fine. However, if that particular function is creating and function error for some reason, then whatever value you want to present, you can give it in value feather. For example, over here, after IFERROR function and I have started the bracket or the value, I will consider this complete VLookup function that we have typed. So that's going to be remain as it is. I will directly come over here. I will give coma, and after that I need to give value IF error means if this particular function is going to generate an error than what value I want. What I want, I want no match found. This is what I want to come over here because I'm tapping by myself. It has to be within quotation that set bracket close Enter. Here you will see there is no impact because the first cell doesn't contain any function L. So that's the reason you are not being able to see any changes over here. However, let me drag it and you will see no match found is coming in place of Hashanah, which looks much better. However, this IF error function with VLookup having much more significance as I've told you. And I'm going to show you that with the help of this IFERROR function, we can take care of multiple master data. I was talking about multiple data. What I mean in the VLookup function when we come to this table and that table is the master data. So you have made a selection of master data where you are looking for this lookup value. But what happens if you have got more than one master data? Then if error will come handy. How? Let's say over here, I've got three data. One data is competitor, where we are right now. Another one is real data. We have already seen this. This is our first master data and other data that I've created, which is this one. Okay? Now, you can see this few entries which I've highlighted intentionally actually. Why? Because let me go to this compare data. And over here you can see Jessica, mono and wood oven. So these three name, just remember because over here these three names are present in the competitor. In front of this three names, hashing is coming, which means in the real data which we have considered as the master data, these three names are not there. That's the reason it's coming as hashing high. What? Intentionally, I have given these three names over here, and there is some data in front of it, means we have got to master data in one of the master Rita, those three names was not there, but over here. They are present. I'm just demonstrating it so that it can be easy for you to understand. Most of the time data are huge. So it's not going to be in front of you and it's not going to be highlighted like this. I've intentionally highlighted this as I told you in order to showcase you that how it works. Okay? The scenario is search. We have got two months later. And in one of the master data, we have applied the VLookup function. We have got plenty of result also. But in front of field names, we have got any result because there is no match. So we're going to check it in the second data. So how we are going to do this? Again? Over here, I will come and I will apply if error function. I've applied an IFERROR function as a value. I will consider this complete VLookup function that's fine. Comma value means if this particular function is generating and other than what value you want. So rather than typing something by myself, here, I'm going to apply a VLookup function. Once again, what it says, it says, if this VLookup function is giving a correct result, then is fine. However, if it's generating a function ever like hash, and then look for the VLookup result again. So here I've applied the VLookup function as a lookup value, I will take this cell reference is going to be similar to this function only. The only difference is going to be other table array. The master data will be different here. So now we are into this argument which is table array. So let me go to this and other data. And here I'm going to do the selection of master data, again, avoiding the serial number and the titles. So I'm going to do the selection. I made the selection comma after that, I need to give column index number. We're looking for phone number which is in column number 212. I'm giving two. And finally, we need to give the range lookup. We can give 0 also which represent false. Or I can simply select falls as square bracket, close bracket, close for IFERROR function as well. That's it. Enter. I'm going to drag it and you will see now we have got the output in front of Jessica, in front of MANOVA as well, which was there in that particular data. Now, one question could be, what happened if there are even more data? Means we have got to master data, but rather three or maybe four. Then again, you will have to apply the IFERROR function over here. Again, you will consider this complete function as a value and does a value error. You are going to apply the VLookup function once again. And over here, in this particular VLookup function, that table is going to be that. And other data means another mass rate I should have caught. Similarly, you can keep on adding this IF error function if you have got more and more mastery. This the importance of IFERROR function in we look up, visit for the video. Thanks for watching. Have a nice day. 41. Array Vlookup Function: Welcome back students. So in this video, we are going to understand about LA VLookup. Now what is this? Before we understand this, let's understand the problem for which this is the solution. Okay, so here we have learned about VLookup function. Now, we have understood that how important this function is. We have also understood how important this function is. However, there is one drawback that at a time you can apply a VLookup function in a single column only means if you need to get the contact number, you need to apply the VLookup function in this particular column. After that, you are going to drag it. You will get the answer in all the rules. But if you need to get the qualification than against separately, you will have to apply the VLookup function over here. Here we have got only 12345 columns. However, there can be scenario where it's more than five, it can be 20 also it's even more than that. So there it is. Time-consuming process to apply the VLookup function one by one in each column. So the solution to this is a VLookup function. Okay? First of all, let me remove this. Now, applying this in a VLookup trick is quite easy. However, you will have to remember the steps that I'm going to tell you. Okay? So the first step is you need to select all the columns in a single goal like this. So I have selected all the columns starting from, let's say C2, G2. Okay? So I've selected all the columns where I want the result to come. Now after that, we will apply the VLookup function in the similar manner when we have applied the VLookup function in a single column. Okay, So I've started with VLookup function, started the bracket. First, I need to give the lookup value. It's going to be similar, which is this particular cell which contains the name, which is our lookup value comma. After that, we need to give the table array. So I'm going to this real data. And over here I'm going to do the selection in the similar manner, avoiding the titles and the serial number column. Okay, let me do the selection. I have made the complete selection of this data. That's absolutely fine. Up till now, it is very much similar coma. Now here comes the tricky part. It's asking for the column index number. Now, we have given only single column. We just too high what you have seen that we have selected multiple columns because we want the result to come in all the columns in a single go. So what we're going to do, because this is an arid parts. So we will give the curly bracket, which is an indication of array one by one. We will give all the reference of columns where we want the result to come, but it has to be in sequence. So first we want to, which is two number column comma three, comma four, comma five, comma six. So 23456, Okay? Curly bracket, close. Okay, So we have given this column index number arguments successfully comma. After that, you need to select false in the similar manner, then close the bracket. Now, up till now, it is very much similar. Now, very careful here, don't press Enter. You need to press Control Shift. And then Enter. I'm repeating unit to press Control Shift and then press Enter. Because the moment you will do this, you can see this curly bracket over here. That's an indication of array because there's an error function, it will not do that, then you will not get to get the result in all the columns. Rather, you will get the result only this column, which is context. And you can drag it. In fact, this is an array, so you can't make any changes. What I mean to say, I will show you, first of all, let me drag the scientists possible to drag this. So here you can see we have got the result in a single go. Now I've said we can make any changes, let's say in this particular cell, if I want to make any changes, this is the kind of error you will get. That is you can't change part of it. However, you can delete the complete column in a single goal, but in a single cell you can't make any changes because this is an error. Now, in this era, VLookup function, is it possible to apply IF error function? Yes, of course it is possible to get the result, let's say in place of hash and wherever Hessian is coming, I want no match for them to come. Pause this video, give it a try. So hopefully you have given a try and you have got the result also successfully. However, let me show you how to get the result. The approach is going to be similar. That is, to select all the columns in a single go, then you will have to come over here. When you will click in front of equivalent to sign, you will see curly bracket has been removed. It has not been removed actually, right now you are not being able to see this, not an issue. Let me apply if error function as a value, I'm considering this VLookup function. So it's going to, I'm going to keep it as it is comma. After that, we need to give value error. And within quotation, I'm giving no match found. Quotation close, bracket, close. As a value with value of error we have given, we have close the bracket. And now very careful. That is, we need to press once again Control Shift and Enter, drag it. And you will get the result. So you can see that this is how we lookup function can be applied. This is very useful. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 42. Hlookup Function in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand a very important feature or function we can say, which is HLookup. Now here at Stanford, horizontal. If the data representation is horizontal, then HLookup will be applied. Otherwise, we have learned, we look up already that is being applied. If the data representation is vertical, what happens if one of the data is vertical and another data is horizontal means data where we're looking for some information, that is let say horizontal. And the data, which is the master data form where we need to get the information. That is, let's say represented in vertical, then what needs to be applied? The answer is, you can't apply anything. Both the data needs to be represented in the same manner. If it is not, then you need to use transpose in order to convert one of the data into vertical or horizontal. And you may get your desired result. Here, one of the data, which is this compare data sheet. That data is represented in horizontal and similar to what we have learnt till now. That is on the basis of name, we need to get the contact number. Let me go to the master data. This is the master data and then shoot three. It has been represented again in horizontal manner. So successfully I can apply the actual lookup function over here. Now, if, let's say I've got this data only, then simply you need to do the copy. Then right-click, Paste Special, go for transpose, click on OK, and that's going to be represented horizontally. It is that simple. And similar is the process. If you want to convert the horizontal data into vertical datum. Okay, so let's begin with our HLookup function. So similar to VLookup function, all the arguments are almost similar. So I'm going to apply h lookup lookup value. I'm going to select this particular cell which is, which contains the name. Here it is one comma. After that, I need to give that table array. So let me go to this 3M data. Again, I will avoid selecting the title. I will avoid selecting the first column, which is the serial number. So I will start selecting from here only. And I need to make sure that I'm selecting this complete data. I made the selection comma. After that, I need to give row index number. In the VLookup function, there was this argument of column index number. It's asking for row index number. We have made the selection from the name column. So we will start counting from here. So this is one, this is two. We need to get the contact number, which is in row number two. So simply we will type two comma after that. Again, we will go for exact match, which is false. Bracket close Enter. And we have got the result, you need to write it in the right side. You will get the result. So this is plus symbol. You may see these are coming. You might be aware of these are like scientific numbers and this is coming because of the small width. Let me click over here, double-click anywhere and it's going to be adjusted. Now one question could be how to get the result in a single vote. Because in vertical data, when we have applied a VLookup function, we can simply double-click like that. And we get the result downwards. Here. We need to get the result in the right side. So what needs to be done? Go to the last column. Go one step down, then make sure to do the selection of this complete data, including the data where you have applied this particular formula. You need to press Control R, which is the shortcut for the right side. Okay, so I'm pressing Control R and we have got the result. These are HLookup function can be applied. Visit for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 43. Match and Index Function: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand two important function under the category of Lookup and Reference. Individually. There doesn't seem to be so much important. But believe me, they are very much important. But before we get into something practical with those function, it is very important to understand them individually. The first function that I'm talking about is the match function. What function do? Here? I'm going to apply the match function. And what I will do, I will check whether this particular name is there in the master data or not. And if it is there, it is in which number rho. So I need to get the row number of this particular name means this particular name is presented the master data or not. And if it is present, it is present. In which number, who? This is it, this is what my function is going to do. I'm going to apply the match function as a lookup value. I'm going to consider this particular cell which contains the value comma lookup array. Now, lookup at is different from table. In the table at a unit. To select the complete data in the lookup array, you need to select the single column. So again, you will have to avoid the title. You will have to start doing the selection. Over here. I'm doing the complete selection from top to bottom of this particular column which contains the name. And that is what I'm looking for. Also comma. After that we need to give them match type. And here again, I will go for exact match bracket close Enter. So here you can see the result is eight, what it means? It means, but what is there in the master data? Master data that is present in eighth number rho. Let's check. So I'm going to this real data. And in this eighth number row you can see per month is there. So this would match functions do. Now, you may feel like it is not that much useful because we have learned V lookup array. We look up many other important functions which do more than this. But believe me, as I've told you, it is important. Now, aftermath function, we will understand index function, which is a reference function. So let me go to this real data. Here I'm going to apply the index function. So I'm going to apply index. First of all, we need to give the argument, which is an array. As an array, you need to give the complete table. So let's say I'm selecting this particular table comma after that, we need to give the row number. So let's say I'm given four and column number I here, I'm giving three. What what it does and how it's well, so this is the table. In this table, I have given the row number as four, so it will do the counting like this, 1234, which is this set, which is B five, which contains a V-shape. And after that I've given the column number three. So it will do the counting from here that is 123. So it reached to this particular cell reference, which is d phi and which contains MCC pursuing. If I'm going to close the bracket, Enter here you can see MC person is coming. Again. You might be thinking how it is useful. This is just a reference function. Whatever cell reference you are giving in that particular array, It's going to pick that. Now in order to understand its usefulness. I've got one data which is real data copy. Now in this data you may see name is not present, however, contact number is there. There's one task for you that is on the basis of this contact number, you need to get the name. Now here that catches you can't move the data here and there. Okay? Data should remain as it is. You need to get the name over here on the basis of this contact number. Now, what is the master data? Master data is the same, which is this real data. And you will have to check whether that phone number is here or not. And if it is here, you need to get the name on there. Now in order to get this desired result, you will have to apply or you will have to nest the function which is index and match. You will have to use both this function in order to get the desired result. How to go about this? Just think and apply the function. And hopefully you will get the answer. Excel has given a simple solution to this by giving us x lookup. But then again, that's available in only Microsoft 365. If you've got any other version than this is very useful. So go about this. This is it for the video. Thanks for watching. Have a nice day. 44. Match and Index Nesting: Welcome back students. Time for the task solution. Let me repeat what task as given, what the data where only contact numbers are of level. And on that basis, I need to get the phone number. And this is the master data with real data. The problem with VLookup function is that on the basis of the structure of this data will look up is ineffective. What I mean to say that if you want to get anything like qualification course, which is in front of this contact number, then you can apply VLookup. But you need to get the name, which is not in front of it, but in the backside. Vlookup is not effective here. So I have told you that we're going to use match and index functions. Now, we can apply both this function at the same time, but I'm going to apply it to one-by-one for your better understanding. So first of all, I'm going to apply the match function. Now, what we're going to achieve with the match function. With the match function, I'm going to find out whether this phone number is available in the master data or not. And if it is available than it is available, in which number rho, I need to get the row number of this particular mobile number in the master data. So very simple tasks and when to apply match lookup value, I'm going to select this particular cell which contains the mobile number comma. After that, I need to give the lookup array. I need to go to this master data and other leukopenia. I'm going to do the selection of this particular column. Avoid selecting that title. And let me do the selection of this single column which contains the mobile number comma. Now, what kind of match type I'm looking for? I'm looking for exact match bracket close Enter. And here you will get that this mobile number is present in the master data and it is available in seventh number rule. Remember this 98 double one ending with a 14? Let me check. In the seventh number rho over here you can see level one ending with 14, which is correct. Now, how to get the name for that? In front of equal to sign. Sorry, After equal to sign, in fact, you will have to apply the index function. The index function, the first argument is array. So array, I need to do the selection of this data again and avoid selecting serial number and titles. I will do the selection from here. Okay, So I'm doing the selection. I made the selection after that in the index function, I have given the array. And it is up to here, comma. After that, you need to give the row number. Now, how this function works. Over here, what we're looking for, we're looking for the name of this contact number. So we have selected the complete data which contains the mobile number and the name also. In that particular data, we need to find out this phone number is available in which number row, because that's what it's asking for in the index function. If we will find that, we will have to give the column number which contains the name. So we need to get the row number of this particular phone number. And we have already found that with the help of match function. Now after the row number, we need to give the column number. So my, I'm setting my cursor over here comma. And what is the column number in the master radar? Now, we need to get the name. Name is available in the first number columns. So simply we need to give one, That's it, bracket close Enter. And here we have got the result. These are nesting index and match our purpose. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 45. Vlookup TRUE: Welcome back students. In this video, we're going to understand one feature of a VLookup, which is very helpful. Till now, we have learned a VLookup. And then the last argument we have always used false, which stands for exact match. Now we can use true Also we stand for approximate match. And it works very well when there is values. And how important this is and how to make use of it. You are going to learn this in this particular video. Okay, so first of all, what is the task? We have done this task with the help of a function. And it's quite a long IF function that we need to apply. Here you can see the total score of the student. And this is the output I'm looking for. If the student's score is between 0 to 40 minutes, if it's less than 40, than fail should come. Between 40 to 60. Compartments should come. Between 60 to 90 paths should come. And if it is above 90, distinction should come. Now you will have to arrange the data in this particular manner. It is very important because that will serve as a table. Array means the data. Let's start the function. And we are going to get this output based on this particular score over here. We will not apply if rather we will apply VLookup. The VLookup, the first argument is lookup array, which is going to be this particular cell value which contains the score on that basis, result needs to come. After that. We need to give table array. The table array. We are going to select the table like this. Now here you may see carefully that it has not been converted into constant. Now here you can see there is no dollar sign, which means it is related by nature, is not absolute by nature. Now the table array means the data has to be in absolute manner because we're going to drag it in order to have the reason for other score as well. And then it's going to behave relatively means that table that I have selected is not going to remain as it is. So we need to press function key and F4 function key in your laptop. If there is no function gain your laptop or computer simply you can press F4 in order to make it constant comma. After that, we need to give column index number. So till now we have given the lookup value. After that, we have given a table array, we have made it past and why it has not constant by itself, because you are applying the VLookup function within the sheet only. Now, column index number. Now in this table array, which column number you want to extract. One to. The result is in second number column that we want to extract. So we will give to as a column index number comma. After that, we need to give the range lookup. And over here, you need not to select fault which is exact match. How exact match will serve the purpose over here, because if the result is 0, then only fail will come. Otherwise under no conditions, fail will come. No, we don't want that. We want to approximate match. So we will select this, how this will serve the purpose because it's going to be due the approximate match. Now here, how approximate match works is going to check whether the score is 0 to 40. And if it is so, fail will come. Similarly 40 to 60 compartment will come to pass. And if it is above 90, then distinction. Welcome. Okay, let me close the bracket, Enter. And here you may see it is 55. So I'm putting the compartment is coming. Let me drag it. And we have the answer. Here. You may see it is 92, so distinction is coming. Here it is 40. So failures can make it is actually not 40. It is less than 40. Here it is not 40 actually it is less than 40. Let me convert this into decimal here you can see the exact figure is 39.7 and we have got the correct result over here on this. How true feature of a VLookup works. You can make use of it when there is this particular kind of situation. Does it for the video? Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 46. Lookup and Reference Function Trick: Welcome back students. In this video, we're going to understand one very important trick in Lookup and Reference category, which is going to save lots of time. We have learned about era. We lookup, again a very useful function because we are going to get the all column data in a single goal. Now when I have applied this VLookup function, you probably have noticed that in the column index number, I have used the curly bracket in order to mention all the column numbers. Now this column numbers has to be in sequence with the master data. The columns in the master data. It's same with this particular data. So that's the reason we have got the result. But now let's say this qualification location is over here, and qualification is over here. Then it's not going to serve the purpose. But then again, what needs to be done in this particular case. Whenever we are making any changes in the array we look up, then you need to do the selection of the complete column in a single go. Now, we have to look for what is the column number of location in the master data. So 12345, the location column index number is five and qualification is 123. Okay. Let me get back over here. So we have seen in the master returned location column number is five and qualification column number is three. So what we're going to do over here, because this is two, this is three, the location which is given three, we will have to change it to five because it's according to the master data column number. And here qualification has been given five, which is 2345. Here you can see the fourth number in sequence. We need to give it three, because in the master data qualification is in third number column. That's it. Again, we will have to press Control Shift and Enter. And you can see the changes has happened. We have got the desired result. Here you can see we're getting locations in the location column and in the qualification, we're getting the qualification. Now, if let's say there are plenty of columns, let's say around 3232. Then there are two problems. The first problem is in the curly bracket. You will have to mention all the columns sequence wise by giving chromite. So it is time-consuming. Also. If the columns are not matching with the master database, then we will have to adjust the sequence accordingly. Then again, it is time-consuming. So is there any solution? Yes, there is a solution and I'm going to show you that only. Okay, So let me remove this. First of all, I'm going to apply the VLookup function, a normal VLookup function. So as a lookup value, I'm selecting this particular cell which contains the name. That's the value we're looking for. Let me go to the table array. Okay? I'm going to do the selection coma as a column index number. I'm giving two and I'm selecting false, which stands for exact match. We have got the result. Now what is the problem when we are dragging it over here? The problem is, first of all, let me come to this particular cell which contains the formula after I have dragged it into the right side. Over here, the one problem is this b2 has been converted into C2, if we will look carefully. So that should not happen because the lookup value will remain same. Means this particular cell. We can solve this problem very easily. What we're going to do over here in front of B, we are going to give dollar sign. So b, if we have given dollars and in front of B, this means column-wise. Its nature is now absolute. Means column-wise. If we're going to drag it right side or left side is not going to change. However, there is no dollar sign in front of two, which means row wise. It is relative, which is required also. Okay? So this is it. I'm going to drag it in the right side. Now we're getting a result that's not an exact result we were looking for, but we are getting the location. If I'm coming to this particular cell, you will see B2 remains V2. That is absolutely fine. The table array is, again find that will remain the same. Now the problem is the column index number. The column index number is two, which is this one. That's the reason it is giving us the mobile number. Range lookup is false and that will remain again same. So if I'm going to manually change this to, let's say five, because the location is in fifth number column, then we will get the result. You can see that, but I don't want to do this manually. So what is the solution? The solution is using the match function. Now you remember with the match function, we can get the column number or the row number of the value we're looking for. Okay? So individually, first of all, I'm applying the match function in order to show you how it's worked. So I'm applying match function as a lookup value. I'm selecting location. Okay? Comma. After that, we would need to give the lookup array. Now the lookup array is going to be these. So again, I'm avoiding serial number. I am start selecting over here. Comma after that, what kind of magic I'm looking for, I'm looking for exact match bracket close Enter. And here you can see I'm getting their desired result, which is five, which is serving my purpose. So what I'm going to do over here in place of two means, well, this is column index number. Right over here. I'm going to apply the match function. The match function, the lookup value is going to be this particular column, which is contexts. And we need to look for that, this particular column, this particular title is in which number column in the master data. So what we're going to do, We're going for a real data. And here I'm selecting this particular column because here we are looking for column number. Again, we will have to give coma. Look at over here what kind of match we are going for. Exact match of course, bracket, close, close the bracket. That's it. This particular function of match is going to give us the column index number. Okay? And here we have got the result. Let me drag this in the right side. We will get the result. You can see still there is one problem. Let me drag it downwards and you will see error is coming. Why is it? So let me do the selection from here. And again, I'm going to drag it again. It will give me. Why does giving me error? The reason is when I dragged it into the right side. Here you can see the cell reference is C1, means this particular cell reference is considering. Here. It is considering D1. Again, it is fine. Here it is considering E1, it is fine. But when I'm going to drag it downwards, then this particular d1 has been converted to D2 because it is a relative by nature, there is no dollar sign in front of it. That's a problem because d2 is this particular cell. If it's going to check this particular cell value in the master it up for the column title, then it will not get anything. So what is a solution to this? The solution is again, a simple dollar sign. So here what we're going to do here, you can see C1 cell means this particular title we have selected and that title we were looking for in the master data. So not in front of C, but rather in front of one. We're going to give dollar sign one represent a rose. So whenever we are moving it row wise, it will remain absolute, means constant. We're moving it column wise, then it will behave relatively so that we can get the result based on location which is in D1, actually, even F1, G1, and so on. But when we are going to drag it downwards than relatively row will not change and we will have our results. So let me drag it right side. Finance working. Let me do the selection and drag it downwards. Again. We have got the result in a single book. Here. You will not have to worry about whether the column numbers are matching with the master data or not because it's going to get it from there correctly. So it doesn't matter whether you are having tatty columns, are 100 columns, even more than that. It's going to serve our purpose. So this is one very important trick related to Lookup and Reference function. Does it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 47. Xlookup Function: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand a very important and newly introduced function in the category which is Lookup and Reference, and that is known as X lookup. Now, x lookup function is only available in the version which is Office 365, which can be considered as the most advanced or latest version of MS Office. In any other version, this particular feature or function is not available. Exhale stands for exclusive. So this can be called an exclusive VLOOKUP function. What it does, it's going to replace a VLookup, HLookup. If error in VLookup, match and index. It has got many features which all these functions altogether can have. So first of all, let me show you what x lookup can do in a simple manner. Okay? So over here we have got the data which is Compare data, and we have got the name only. The rest of the information are not available. Let me go to another data, which is real data. And we have seen this data already while we have learned the VLookup function. Here, this can be considered as the master data. And apart from name, we have bought all the information needs including name. We have got all the information like the contexts, qualification course, location, and email id. Now, here you can see closely the sequence of the name, which is the meat, shellfish and funding. These are the first three names. And in the Compare data, these are not the names actually. These are, these are different bug once a month value, omega n cubed, and so on. So our task is to find out whether this particular name is of level in the master rate or not. And if that is available, what its contact number. The same thing we have done with the VLookup. Now we're going to do the same thing, but here with x lookup, there, there is a slight difference. Let's begin and we will understand the difference. So equal to, I'm going to apply x lookup. Now in the x lookup, the first argument is a lookup value. Now, this is the same thing. Lookup value means what you are looking for in a master data lookup value has to be unique by nature, like name, contact number, e-mail id, roll number, ten number. These are unique by nature. So if you have bought anything under this category or there are many other examples of unique data that can be used as a lookup value. Also, lookup value has to be available in both the data like here, I bought Name and then the master data also, I've gotten mean that there is something to look out for. If you have nothing in common, then what you're going to look for, okay? So first thing is it has to be unique by nature, the lookup value I'm talking about. And second thing, it has to be available in both the data. So luckily we have got name, so I'm going to select the name as a lookup value comma. After that, we need to give them lookup at it. Now it is different from the second category in the VLookup function where they asked for table, they will earn is the complete data. Here it's asking for lookup. Array means it is asking for the single column where you can get this particular name. Let me go to the master data, which is the real data. And again, the rules are saying that you will not have to select the heading. So avoid selecting the headings name is in the column. So I will have to do the selection from here onwards. So I made a selection of this particular cell from top to bottom. I'm going to do the selection. Now once you have made sure that you have done a proper selection, you can look up to the Formula bar. And here you can see we have already given the lookup value, which is V2. Here we have selected the lookup array. Real data is the file name it has picked properly. Inquiries the sheet name. Over here you can see b2, b3, b2 is the range or the column range that we have made a selection. Also you can see dollar sign, That's an indication that it has converted it into an absolute reference. This means this data is constant, which is very important. If for some reason, if it is not constant, there can be scenario. If you are selecting a data within the sheet, then you will have to make it constant by yourself, by pressing function key and F4. And if there is no function key in your system, then only a fine. So we have given the lookup array. Right now, we are into this data and you can continue doing the function. So I will give comma after that. The third argument is a written Eddie. Now, based on what is the lookup array or the lookup venue, if you have found what you're looking for, Let's say I'm looking for one, that's the lookup value I have given. Now, look up, I've selected this particular column which contains the name. If you have found that based on this, what is the thing that you want to return? I want the contact number of that particular name. And that is in C column means this particular column. So as a written array, we will have to select. The column which we want to return. Okay, so I'm going to do the selection from here, again, avoiding the headings. Let me do the selection. So I've made a proper selection over here. You can see no need to give anything. This is it. Just close the bracket and Enter. Here it's 0 because PowerPoint is there in that data, but contact number is blank. Let me drag this. And I bought the result. Now hash and we already know what it means. It means there is no Jessica in that data, or there is no mono in that data. That's the reason hash and it is coming. Now previously, we have learned that in order to avoid this function, error means if we don't want Hashanah to come, rather we want something like no data found or no match to come. But even if we want to apply another VLookup function, which is scattering and other different data. Then we can apply IFERROR function. Now the good part about x lookup function, you will not have to nest any other function like an IFERROR function. It has the feature or the argument where we can take care of this function error, we just hash. And then over here I'm setting the cursor and look at the formula bar. So I'm over here. I will give coma. Now. Till now, we have given lookup value, lookup array written a rail. So on that basis we have got the result. Now, the fourth argument is if not found, and this particular argument is in square brackets. This means this is not compulsory argument is an optional argument. If you want to give, if there isn't a requirement, you can give highway. In this case, I have the requirement because in place of hash and let's say I want no match to come. Okay, so what I can do in this particular argument, if not found, I want to come no match. So I don't want hash and it will come, but rather I want in place of hashing a nomad should come. So I have given that. Now, the next argument, let's talk about the next element, which is the match mode. Previously there was only two most vitriol coming, which is true and false. False means exact match. Two means approximate match. Over here you can see the index number 0 for exact match, which is the same. And there are few more options and that we will understand no need to worry. If I will give another comma, then you can see there are few more options like search first to last. This is the by default mode. This is the first entry, which is It's actually talking about the master data. So let us go to the master data in order to make you understand this. This is the first entry is the meat, and there'll be an lasting two, which is often 341. So by default, whatever the data has been listed, so it's going to search like that. Another option is search last to first means first is going to consider this particular value, which is the last time to render. And after that, it will go upward. So this is another way. Another option is binary search sorted ascending order. This is the data and it's going to be sorted in ascending order means if it's alpha waves than a to Z. And a descending order means that way. And if it's number than smallest to largest, ascending order, and descending means Largest to Smallest. Probably, you know what is ascending and descending order? So it's going to be sorted in ascending order and accordingly, we'll get the result. Next option is minus two binary search sorted descending order. By default, it is always search first to last. Now what is the importance of these particular options? Now, you know how VLookup function works if there is a duplicate entry, let's say over here, eventually Sharma, over here also in the seventh, it is Shelly Sharma. So there are two entries with the same name. So duplicate entry. What it's going to give you the answer means whether it's going to give you the contact number of first-generation law or the seventh one. It going to give you the result of the first chelation map because the search is search first to last. But if we will go for search last 2 first, that's going to select the seventh one because it is coming from downwards or upwards. So that will come first. And it's going to give you the result of the seven because it will come first. And if you're going for the by default option, which is search first to last, then cholesteatoma, which is in the second question, will come first and it's going to give you the answer of that, or you will give you the contact number of that and we'll avoid the seventh entry. These are the importance of this search options. Similarly, if the data is in ascending order, if there isn't a duplicate entry, then you can understand what it's going to pick n in case of descending order. Also, these options are, this search modes are important when there is a duplicate entry in the data. Okay, So this is the important part and newly introduced feature has been given in a Lookup and Reference category. Okay. Right now I don't want to give that. I just wanted to explain you this. And I don't want to give even this match mode also because by default it's going for the exact match, which is this particular option if you are not giving this. So I'm not giving this also removing this particular coma. I just wanted you to understand. If not found, we have given no match because if there is an error, which means hashing is coming, then I want in place of that moments to come. Okay, fine. Let me press Enter. Now, I'm going to drag this and you will find in place of hash and eight now, no match is coming. Now there are few more important features of X that we are going to understand. One of the most important feature of x leukopenia that it's able to do something which a VLookup is not capable of. That is, I'm going to give you one example. So here I've got the data with real data copy and I've got the contact number. Apart from this, I don't have any other information. I've got the same master data, which is the real data. And I've got all the information. Again, if I'm going to show you the sequence of the contact number, it doesn't match. It is 9945, the last two digit. You can see, let me go to the real data, copy the contact numbers not in sequence. There is no surety that whether this contact number is in the master data or not. Now we need to get the name on the basis of this contact number. Now the problem with the VLookup function is with the help of VLookup function, we get something in front of it. Means if we can consider this context as a lookup value, then on the basis of this lookup value, we can get anything which is in front of it. I'm talking about in the master it also. But we can't get anything which is behind it. So on the basis of contact number, if we need to get the name, then it's not possible with the VLookup. However, there are solutions like we continue the sequence. Like we can get to the real data over here. We can place contact before name. And after that, we can apply VLookup function in order to have the result and we will get the success. Also. There is another way of doing it is to do it with that. There is another way of doing it is to do it with the help of nesting, match, and index. But then again, it is very complicated. But the x lookup, it can be achieved with 0s. Okay? So let me show you. So over here, I'm going to apply x lookup lookup value. I'm considering this contact number, which I'm looking for in the master data lookup array. Now, in the lookup array, I will go to this real data, not the real data copy. Now, what is the lookup array? Lookup value was contact number. So lookup array is going to be this column which contains the contexts. So I'm going to select this particular column from top to bottom. I've made us successful selection comma after that. So what I want to return, I want to return name on the basis of contact number. So I need to select the column which contains the name. So again, avoiding the headings, I'm going to select this particular column which contains name. Fine, I've made a selection. This is it. Close the bracket, Enter and we have got the result. So it is that easy in x lookup. Now, another advantage I'm going to show you, you know, why HLookup function is being used. Because if the data representation is horizontal, let me remove this. Okay, Now, over here, here you can see this is the data which has been represented horizontally. And this is the data which has been represented vertically, okay? Okay, Normally to remove this accurately, let it be here. So this is the vertical representation of data, and this is the horizontal representation of data. When you are going to apply HLookup function. Then the function is being required if both the data has been represented horizontally. Now the problem is, when you have got one data represented vertically and another data represented horizontally, doesn't matter. Which is the master written, which is not. One of the data is vertical and one of the data is horizontal, then nothing can be applied. You can't apply, we look up, you will not be able to apply HLookup also. So what is the solution? Yes, there is a solution to everything. The solution is one of the data needs to be converted either into horizontal manner or maybe in a vertical manner with the help of transpose. Of course. Once you have got the result after applying HLookup or we look up, you can change that data, means you can read the help of transpose. You can change the representation vertical or horizontal represent the representation of data. However, in x lookup, it doesn't matter that one of the data is represented horizontal or vertical, you can get the result. So over here, we can see that we have got the data, which is an incomplete data, which is represented horizontally. And we have got a master radar, which is real data, which has been represented vertically. But index lookup is not at all a problem. Over here. I'm going to apply x lookup. Okay? First, I need to give the lookup value. So what is the lookup value? Lookup value is the lookup value is this particular cell which contains the mobile number comma. After that, we need to give the lookup array. So there is not going to be any difference how we have applied the function. So as a lookup array, I'm going to select the, select the column which contains the mobile number, coma and other written array. And I want to return the name. So I'm going to select this particular column which contains the name. Fine bracket close Enter. And you need to drag this in the right site. Shortcut is Control R for the right site autofill. We're not done with x lookup yet. There are many other features that need to be understand. So here is the data which is quite familiar to you, I guess because we have practiced IF function over here. And also we have done a VLookup. Two-part means. What is the use of those approximate match that we have learned that. Now the same thing that we're going to do with the help of x VLOOKUP function. So here I've got a list of scores like 46 to 1900. So if it's going to be between 0 to 40, V are getting the result of failed. If it 40 to 60, then compartments 60 to 9090 ever distinction. So it's going to be based on this total score. So we're going to apply x lookup. Now the lookup value is this particular cell which contains the score comma after that, a lookup array. Now, lookup array is these scores. So I'm going to select this and Luca bearing. Now, you can see here, by default it's not making constant and it's not absolute reference. So we need to press F4 function key and F4. So you can see dollar signs. So this means it has made it con, constant comma. After that, we need to give a written array. So written array are these results. So I'm going to select this particular written at it. Again, I'm going to make it constant by pressing function key and F4. Now, coma, if not found Winnie not to give, so I will give another comma. Now here, we have lent to this particular option which is matched mode. This is very important over here because we're not going to do exact match. We are going to do math based on the venue. Exact match or next smallest item? No. Exact match or next larger items? Yes. Because 40 then field should come 40 to 60 minutes. The larger part then compartments should go. Okay, so we're going to select this one, the index number of that is one. Going to select this, That's it. Bracket close Enter. And you can see we have got the result. So it's 55, so between 40 to 60, so it's coming as compartment. It is x coming US bonds because it's 60 to 90 in-between. Here you can see it's above 90. Here it is 92. So it's coming distinction. It's working absolutely fine. So here we're going to understand another example of x lookup. And we will understand that how it supports wildcard and what is the advantage of it. So this is the actual data which I had, which is let me click over here. So it is not one payment while your own narrow angle. What I've done intentionally here you can see but one, Hayman or not Narayanan and other things are not. There means few of the names which have only single name. That is fine, but there are names which has the surname. So I've removed the surname intentionally. Why is it so so that you can understand the use of wildcard, okay? Before I can use a wildcard, let me apply the X lookup function normally. So I'm going to apply x lookup lookup value. I'm going to select this particular cell which contains the name comma lookup array. I will go to the real data over here. And I will select that column which contains the name. So I'm going to select this particular column, find coma after that, a written array. So I want to return the contact numbers. I'm going to select this particular column. So till now, it's in the same manner. The, so till now we have done what we have now. It's similar to what we have done till now. Okay, let me close the bracket, press Enter, and let me drag this. Here. You can see we have got the result and we have got hashing plenty of times because in the master data, there are names which having the sudden name so that it doesn't have the match tool because it's doing the exact match. Now, there is an option of a wildcard match. Now, if we will go for wildcard matching directly, then there are exact match scenario in this data also. Overhear, it is important for us to apply both the scenario. Now, how I'm going to do this, you can see this. What I'm going to do over here, because in the function, in x lookup function, there is another argument that is not found. And we have seen the example that I have typed within quotation, no match. Now in this place, if not found, I can apply a function also. Now, if not found means here it is coming as hash, and it is means it is not been found in the master data. In that place of what you want to do. Now, I want to apply x look up once again. And I want to go for a wildcard match this time, because there are names which is having the firstName. So there can be certain name. We don't know what's the send them, but there are something after the name. When it's going to found a name which has a certain name. But over here, it's not going to match with that because we will use the wildcard accordingly. Now there are two kinds of wildcard. First one is an asterix sign, which means it's not character specific. And another one is a question mark, which means that character specific. So over here we're going to use asterix sign. Here. The argument is if not found. So in this place, I'm going to apply x lookup once again. Now in the x lookup lookup value, I'm selecting this particular cell which contains the name, okay? Now, after the name, there is something, there can be a suddenly, right. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to put a percent sign, which is an indication of concatenation. And after that, within quotation, I'm going to give asterix sign like this. So what I mean to say, I mean to say that there's a name. So I've selected V2 cell. Oh, and after that there is something. So that's the reason I've given asterix sign, which is an indication of after the name. There are few characters. Okay, so it's going to find that this is the wildcard lookup value I've given. Fine. Let me put a comma. Now, look up at it is going to be same. So I will go to the real data and going to select the name column once again in the similar manner, coma. And after that, we need to give the return address. So in that written, again, I will select the contact number column. Fine. Now, what I'm going to do, let me Yes, Because it's a long function. Now this is the first x lookup function that we have applied. And now we are into this next X lookup function. We just started from here. Okay? Now under this x lookup function, we have given the lookup value, which is this particular B2 ampersand sign, asterix sign, which means after name. There is something. After that we have given the lookup array means the name column. After that, we have given the written array, which is the contact number column from the real data. Okay, Now I'm over here. I will give comma. Now you can see if not found argument is highlighted. So we need not to give this. Once again. Now we are into this match mode. In the match more you can see the last option which is wild card character match. So we need to select this. Otherwise you will not be able to get the result. Okay? So I'm going to select this, which is the index number to find. And I need to close the bracket again because we have applied to x lookup. And let me drag this. And you will see that we have got the answer for OEM. And there are many examples where we have got the answer. Let me check whether it's work properly or not. So for home in front of it, the contact number which we have is 78384. Okay, The last three digit is 973. Let me go to the real data. Let me search on. Okay. Ryan Gupta and here you can see the same contact number, 973. Fine. It's working absolutely fine. We have seen many usefulness of x lookup function. Give it a try and you will find it very useful. The only drawback is not a drawback actually. The thing is that x lookup functionality is available in Office 365 only. This is one of the latest version. And in many offices and individually also many people doesn't have Office 365. So that's the main problem with x lookup. Otherwise, this is an amazing feature for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 48. Conditional Formatting - How to Apply: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to have an understanding about a very important data organizing tool, which is known as conditional formatting. Now from the very name, we can understand that this is something where we are going to organize the value-based data with the help of color formating schemes. Okay, so we will learn this practically. No need to worry. Over here. You can see I have got through data like sales figure, marketing, cost, and profit. Now let's say, I will ask you that. Tell me who are the good performers in terms of sales or who are not so good performers? You will have to look upon this data because it is value-based. And after that, you are going to give me the answer. So whenever you are analyzing the value-based data, it takes times. Now, how good that would be if this value based data has been organized with the help of color schemes. I mean, all those who are good performers are highlighted in green color. And those who are not performed so well are highlighted in red color, then it's not going to take much time. You will have to just look into this and you will give me the answer. So it's very much effective way to present your data with the help of conditional formatting. Now how these things work? First of all, how to apply this? Now, this is the sales figure. Now remember, don't do the selection like this. You are selecting the complete column. No, newly not to select like this. Select only the data where you want to perform this particular formatting options. So I'm selecting this data. So I made the selection of sales data from top to bottom. I have not made any extra selection and don't do that. After that, you need to go to the Home tab. Under Home tab, you will get to see this option which is conditional formating. Go here. Now, there are plenty of options and we will understand all these options. Now. First of all, let's go to this highlight cell rules option. Under this, there are, again many options. Let me go to the first option which is greater than here. Let's say I want to highlight all those sales figures which are greater than, let's say 55 thousand. Okay, So what I will do, I will go to this greater than option. Now by default, 45 thousand is coming. This is somewhat an average or below average figure. Here you can see I've selected the data and you can see the average which is coming as 45,120. So it has taken almost kinda around figure of that particular average. However, I can change it. My criteria was 55 thousand. The color scheme that I want to use, let's say green. Now, there are various color options which are available. You can see you can use whatever colors can you wish to use. Okay, so I have given this Greenfield with dark green text. That's fine. Let me click on, Okay. Now conditional formatting has been set. It works on a live feed basis. What I mean, Let's say for some reason Ram sales figure has gone down because the sale has not been realized. Let's see. So the figure is now 45780. Automatically, color scheme will remove from this particular cell because the criteria was it should be above 55 thousand. Here the cost figures 53,219. He has made few more cells, and now the figure is 57 thousand. And here you will see automatically color scheme has been applied. So this is what I mean by life. Now how to remove this conditional formatting? If you are thinking that, okay, Let's come to this particular cell. Let's go for this fill color option. Go for no fail. It will not have any impact because this color skin has been because of that conditional formatting that we have applied. So you need to select the data. After that, you need to go to conditional formatting, go to clear rules. And from here you will have to go for clear rule from selected cell because I made the selection of this data. So I can go for this. Let me press Control Z. Another option. If you have not made any selection at all, humans simply go to conditional formatting, clear rules, clear rule from entire sheet. However, the drawback with this particular option is that whatever conditional formatting has been applied in this particular sheet, all conditional formatting is going to be cleared. This how conditional formatting can be applied. Now there is one another important options. Let me do the selection once again. I'm going for highlight cell rules greater than and over here, I'm giving 55 thousand once again. Now these are few colors schemes, which I'm not happy. So I can go for custom format option. The Custom Format option here you can see font option. In the font option, you may choose the color scheme. So I'm looking for, Let's say, this particular color scheme which is blue in dark color in the fill I'm looking for again, blue but in a light board. So whatever option you want to give here, here is the option of strikethrough, also human gopher Bold, Italic option as well. However, I'm happy with this. And let me click on, Okay. And let me click on Okay, once again. And here you can see whatever color schemes I have chosen. Accordingly, data is getting represented. This how we can set the conditional formating. Further, we will understanding the types of conditional formatting, what are all the types and how to make use of this visit for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 49. Types of Rules in Conditional Formatting: Welcome back students. So till now we have understood what is conditional formatting, how to apply this, and how to remove it as well. Now, we're going to understand different types of conditional formatting. So I've made the selection of this particular data, which is the sales data. Now, let me go to the Conditional Formatting highlights a loop. We have already seen greater than option, which is click on greater than option. Here you will have to give whatever figures you want. So I want to highlight all the sales figures which are greater than 55 thousand. Here, you need to select the color scheme and then click on, Okay, it will be applied. Okay, I want to remove this. Let me go to this clear rule, and I'm going for a clear rule from selected cell. Now similar to greater than omega4, less than option. So here is the less than option. And let's say I want to highlight all the sales figures which are less than, let's say 40 thousand. And click on, Okay. So you may see it is a reflecting. Now in the same data, you can apply multiple conditional formatting. However, that need to make sense means one conditional formatting should not overlap other. Otherwise that doesn't look good. Similarly, we are having the option of between, option. Let me click on between. And over here, let's say I want to highlight all the sales figure which are between 45 thousand to 55 thousand. Here. The same color scheme, if you will choose, you will not be able to differentiate at all. You can see I'm going for a yellow color scheme. And here you can see it is highlighted in yellow color, which are falling under the condition you have set. Okay, Now, let me come to this particular data here also, we can test few of the conditional formatting. Next option is equal to, now equal to in this kind of data is not that much useful because it is value-based data. And then again, if I'm going for I equal to option, and let's see if I'm giving 4118. So here you can see it is getting highlighted. Now equal to option is most suitable if you are using it in the text-based data. Let me show you. So here you can see I've got a text-based data where we have got named contexts, qualifications, and many other information. Now in this particular column which contains the qualification, I want to highlight this. And over here, I want to highlight all the qualifications which are, let's say MCA. So I will go for Conditional Formatting highlight cell rules. Let me go to equal to option. And over here I'm mentioning, let's say MCA. Here you can see MCA is getting highlighted. Click, Okay, in order to save, I'm going to remove it because there are few more option that I will have to make you understand. Now, next option is text that contains, it is also very specific condition. When I have one for equal two, Let me go to equal to once again, when I've typed MCA, you can see MCA is highlighted, but MC pursuing is not highlighted. Because MC pursuing is not equal to MC. I want to highlight all those cells which contains the word MCA. Then I need not to go for this equal to option. Rather, I will have to go for texts that contain option. Here. If I'm giving NCAA, then you can see MCA is highlighted as well as MCA pursuing is also highlighted. The cell which is going to contain the word NCA that will be highlighted. Okay, so here I've created a one data which contains the date as well because there are few conditional formatting related to date. So let me do the selection of this data. After that, I need to go to Conditional Formatting highlight cell rules. Let me go to this date occurring option. Now over here you may go for yesterday option, today, option tomorrow, this month, next week, last month. Let's say I'm going for this last month option. So here you can see all those figures which contains the main data because this is the June month that is getting highlighted. So whatever date condition you are going to apply that will be highlighted. Apart from this, there is another important option which is the duplicate value. That is, in order to get that duplicate values in the data. Okay, So let me go to this data. And here I'm doing the selection. I'm going for Conditional Formatting, highlight cell rules, and duplicate values. Now here you will be able to see nothing is getting highlighted because there is no duplication in this data. Apart from duplicate data, there is another option of unique values. Now, every value in this particular data is unique because their occurrence has happened only once. But let's say I'm going for duplicate option right now, nothing is highlighted and let me create a duplicate value, 468 for the first one. And here you can see duplicate values are highlighted. So quite effective one, if you want to find a duplicate values in your data, let me remove all the additional formatting that have applied. So I'm going for clear rules from entire sheet. Okay? Now there are few more options. Let's understand. I'm going for Conditional Formatting again. Now, after highlight cell rules, there's this option of top and bottom rules. So let me go to this top ten items. Here. You can increase the value. If you don't want to see top ten values rather, let's say 12 or let's say top 15 values, then you can do that. You can decrease it also. So that is as per your convenience. Here I'm selecting, let's say yellow and click on, okay, So these are the top ten values in this data. Let me press Control Z, undo so that I can make you understand of some more important rules. Now the second option is top ten per cent. I will come to this, but let's understand bottom ten items. Now if I will go to bottom ten items, then bottom ten values are going to be highlighted. It is going to be similar like top ten values. Okay? Let me click on Cancel because I don't want to save this. Let's focus on top ten per cent. Now what is this? Before I go for this option, very important to understand how this works. Now here I've made the selection of data. Over here you can see the count which is stratified. So overall data count is stratified. Now what is the 10% of 35? That is 3.5. So if I will go for this particular option that is top 10%, then it's going to highlight the three top values because it will count the data which is stratified. And then it's going to take top ten per cent of that particular account. That is 3.5 because that is in decimal. So it's going to consider in round figure which is three, and it's going to highlight the top three data. So here you can see 12, a tree similar to top ten per cent. There is this option of bottom 10% also. And again, it will work like that. It's going to highlight bottom three values. Because again, count is 3510 per cent of 25 is 3.5. Or top, bottom three. Bottom three values are going to be highlighted. Let me remove this. After that, we have got the option of above-average. Now this particular data average is 44,638. If we will go for above average option, all those cell which contains the value above this particular average, which is 44,006. Those are going to be highlighted and let me go for this option ever leveraged. And here you can see, let me remove this. Apart from this, there is this option of below average. Now similar to above average. It's going to highlight all the values which are below average like this. After that, there's this option of database which is my favorite. And here you may go for gradient option or you may go for this solid fill option. As compared to solid fill option, I find that gradient fill more effective. So let me go for this particular option. Now, this is the option of Dataverse. Here you can see if the value is more than bar size is big, and if the value is less than the bar size is small. So that is what databases, it is very easy to understand, easy to use. And that's the reason it is my favorite. Let me remove this. After that, there is this option of color scales. Now in the color scales, automatically it choose the color scheme by itself. If I will go for this particular option here you can see in green is highlighted for the high values, red is highlighted for the low values. And yellow color scheme has been used for average values like this. If I will move ahead and color scales, you will find this one here. Red is highlighted, or red is being used for high values. And yellow, again, average and green for low values. Similarly different color schemes has been used in order to indicate different sort of values. Now, if you are going to use this because this is quite confusing. So you will have to mention it separately that which color schemes highlighting what particular aspect. Okay, now, let me go for a database. Once again. Why I'm doing this? Because I want to show you that many times you can use multiple conditional formatting where it is suitable. So here I've used database apart. Now with this, I can use icon set also. Now hear different sort of icon set has been given, which is quite interesting. Like the mobile towers. If that tower is more, this means it is high-value. If it is less than this means it is a low value. Traffic signals arrow key. You can use all these options. Let's say I'm going for this mobile tower option only. Here you can see the data has been represented accordingly. Now these are all different types of conditional formatting that you can use as per your requirement and how you want to represent the data. It's totally up to you. Now there are few more option into conditional formating that is how to manage these rules and how to apply a new rule. We will understand that later on. This is it for the video? Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 50. Manage Rules in Conditional Formatting: Welcome back students. In this video, we're going to cover two important aspects. Now here you may see we have applied to conditional formatting rules. I want to remove one of these. However, if I'm going to do the selection of this data, going for conditional formatting, clear rules. And if I will go for clear rule from selected cell, or even if I'm going for clear rule from entire sheet, then both the rules is going to be removed. However, I want to remove only one particular rule. Let's say this database rule. How to go about this? So for this, you need to go to conditional formatting and let's go to Manage Rules. Now when you will go to Manage Rules, and if you have selected that data where the rules has been applied, you will get to see all the rules which has been set. Now, I want to remove, let's say this particular rules, which is a database. So I need to select this and I can go for delete rule. Let's click on Apply and, Okay, and here you can see the difference apart from this. Now, this is the rule where mobile towers has been mentioned. Now here is the rules of icon set, which remains where the data has been represented with the help of mobile towers. Here also, I want to change the condition. Now. There are five towers which has been used. That data has been divided into five different parts, means below 20 per cent. After that, 20 to 40, 40% to 6060 to 808200 per cent automatically. You can change it. How? Again, I have made the selection of this data where this rule has been set. Let's go to conditional formatting. I will go for managed rules. Let's go to icon set and go for edit rules. Now in the edit tool, first of all, you can change the rule altogether. Hi, Well, I don't want to do that. If I want to change the rule, you need to select that particular rule, like I've selected. And simply you need to click on, okay. However, I want to select this rule only. And here you can see, I have told you that if it's below 20 per cent, then this is the icon set Through which is going to be represented if it's going to be between 20 to 40 per cent YMCA in-person. Because here you can see the type which has been given us per cent. Now, what are all the options apart from this is available. Percentage of level number means you can set the number by yourself or you can give the formula. Also, we will understand that later on. And you may go for the percentile option as well. Now per cent all are aware of what is percentage formula. You will understand number. I'm going to make you understand just now what is person-time. If we have given any introns exam, then probably, you know, what is person-time? Let's say if you are giving an examination or let's say cat entrance exam. And if the exam is out of 100, however, the highest cold, one particular person has code that is 8080 will be considered as a 100th percentile. If you have scored 40, than comparison to a T is going to be 50. So your percentile is going to be 50 per cent time. So that is how percentile is being calculated. If I'm going to give percentile it, we will consider the highest value as 100% I. And accordingly, all the data will be represented whatever percentage value you are going to give. Higher what I want to represent all the data in numbers. So I am selecting numbers. Fine. Now, over here, all the five towers are filled when this condition should fulfill. If the value is here, it's greater than sign. If the value is greater than, let's say 55. Tangent for I'm mentioning, let's say 45 thousand. Here I'm mentioning, let's say 35 thousand. Here I'm mentioning just 20 thousand. And let's click on, Okay, after that, I'm going to click on Apply and then, okay. So accordingly, you can see the data has been represented. Here is 57 thousand and it's five towers. Here it is 45 thousand, and here it is four towers. This how you can manage rule and you can do some customization. That is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 51. Goal Seek in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand about Goal Seek. Now from the very name, you can understand that this is being used to seek the goal. Okay? First of all, let's understand this with the help of simple example. So here I've got the data of a ramp sales figure. So that's its sales figure. That is 66,179. That's the marketing cost which has been involved in these particular cells. So the overall profit, which comes in 61,495 here, for profit. The simple formula has been applied, that is sales minus cost, that is beta T minus C 13 cell value. Now, let's say my goal is not 610049 to five, rather, my goal is more, that is 63,333. So what the figure I'm telling to 63,333. Now, in order to reach to the goal profit how much sale has to be or how much cost has to d. So that is what Goal Seek is going to do. So whatever is your goal cell, you need to select that. So in this case, it is this particular cell which is, which contains the profit. So I'm selecting this particular cell. Now, you need to go to Data tab. After that, you need to go to What-If Analysis and then pulls it, undergoes sick. You can see sex cell, which is data team. That is absolutely fine. So here we want to set the goal. That's going to be the set cell to value, what value we're looking for. So what I've told you, 63,333. So that's my goal. By changing cell. Now, other changing cell, I can give particular cell value also, which contains the sales. Now I need to give changing cell. Now changing cell can be given this one which contains the cell or which contains the cost. I can't give both of it. I can give any one of this. Also very important aspect is whatever is the changing cell, it should not contain any formula. There should not be any formula line. Also when important aspect is the set cell, which is this one. It must contain a formula. Otherwise, how is going to change it's value based on some other cell. Now, other changing cell. Why I can give only these two cells, because this particular value, depending on these two cells value. Okay, so other changing cell, let's say I'm selecting marketing cost. So what it's going to do in order to reach to the goal. Now, look at the figure carefully, which is 4684. It is going to change it to 2846. And here you can see the profit is coming as 63,333. If you want to save the changes, click on Okay. If you want to cancel it, you can cancel it as well. So I'm canceling this. Let's come to this cell once again. What-if Analysis, Goal Seek, excel is this one value. Again, I'm giving same 63,333 and changing cell. Now I'm selecting cells. And if I'm going to click Okay, I'll look at the figure carefully. It's going to increase the figure in order to reduce to the goal amount. Here you can see, and this time I'm clicking on, Okay, in order to save the changes. Now here, it performed a very simple task because it's a very simple calculation. But let me remove this. Over here. We have seen how PMT function has been applied in order to get the EMI amount on reducing rate of interest. Now, let's understand the utility of Goalseek with the help of one particular scenario. So let's say one of my friend is asking me that the EMI amount that the bank are saying, it is 141400011008924, which is here. It is 14 thousand. The principal amount is five lakh, means the loan amount is five lag. Year of loan is five-year only. The permanent mode is 12. And he's not sure about the rate of incidence is asking me what is the rate of interest they're charging? If the amount is 14 thousand. What's I'm going to do? I'm going to select the cell. Let me go to What-If Analysis, Goal Seek. Now here the set cell B7, which contains the MIMO, what is the value I'm looking for? I'm looking for 14 thousand because that's the amount bank is going to charge, or the EMI amount. Here, each and every component is fixed but not rate of interest. So here the changing cell is going to be the rate of interest. Let me click on, Okay. So here I've got the result that the bank is charging 23% rate of interest if the amount is coming us 14 thousand. Now here you can see it has solved a very complicated equation. Many times. It can be used or it used to get the value of x. This how Goal Seek can be used effectively. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 52. Scenario Manager in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we're going to understand a very important what if analysis tool, which is known as Scenario Manager. Now, I will have to make this explained to you with the help of scenario only. Let's say I'm going from meeting to meeting. And there I have got this marketing cost figures, which you can see here. Now in the meeting. The cost which has been allotted can be of high value also and can be off low. And you also and I will have to make changes instantly during the meeting. Now what I'm going to do, I'm going to save a particular value based on scenario in these cells, which contains the cost. So here what I'm going to do, first of all, you need to do the selection of data where you want to set the scenario. So I've selected these three cells because on the basis of scenario, because maybe I will get high-cost, maybe we'll get low-cost or maybe this average cost only on the basis of scenario name. I want to save the values. Now, the value that I'm talking about, I'm going to save need to be decided by me only, but I want to keep it safe so that I should not do the manual entry. Now, I have selected the cell. Let me go to What-If Analysis, which is under Data tab and under forecast group. So let me go to this What-If Analysis Scenario Manager. Now, in the Scenario Manager, you will get to see this option of AD. Let me click on this. You will have to give the scenario name. You need to give it an appropriate name. So I'm giving the name which is a high-cost fine. After that, changing cells also. So the changing cell is between C3 to C5, which I have selected. Now, let's click on, Okay. Now after this here, you will have to give values. So I'm giving the value for high cost and let's say I'm giving 6700. So you need to give the values according to what is the situation is. I'm giving some random values for high cost and giving high values. Over here I'm mentioning a thousand. And over here I'm mentioning 5,800. Let me click on, Okay, So one of the scenario has been created. Let me click on Add once again, and I'm going to create the second scenario, which is low-cost. Click on Okay, and here I'm giving the values, let's say 3,200. Over here There's going to be 300150. And over here there's going to be 2600. Click on OK. Next, click on Add. Once again, here I'm giving average cost. And click on, Okay, here, whatever values has been set, I'm going to keep this as it is and click on, Okay, I've created three different scenarios. Let me click on Close. Now the situation I'm in the meeting and suddenly it has been decided that the cost which will be alerted this month would be high. So I will not have to do a manual entry because I have set the scenario already. So I need to go to What-If Analysis Scenario Manager. And while doing this, I need not to select anything. Okay, I'm going to Scenario Manager. The high-cost, I need to select the high cost. You can click on Show or you can double-click on this also like this. So here you can see high-cost valuer coming. Similarly, you can go for low-cost, you can go for average cost also. Another important aspect is, let's say for some reason you have lost the data like this. So you can resume the data because you have set the scenarios. I'm going to do what if analysis scenario manager. And I've got the data back. So this is another advantage of it. Now, there are few more options that need to be understand under Scenario Manager. So this is the sales data, which the sheet name was sales data. There's another sheet which I have created, a zone data over here. Also the figure is identical. But over here, let's say again, I'm going to create a scenario. So I'm selecting the similar cell because what I'm going to make you understand the pattern of the data should remain same. So I'm going to select these three cell which contains the past. Let me go to What-If Analysis Scenario Manager. Click on Add. And here let's say I am setting the scenario for very high cost. Okay, let me click on, okay. And over here the figures are. Over here. I'm going to set the figures, let's say nine thousand, ten thousand, eight thousand, eight hundred. Okay. And I'm going to save it. It has been saved, but this is in differentiate. I'm coming over here sales data where we already have three scenarios on in this three-cell. Now, I want to use does scenario which is available in differentiate. So I can go for Merge option. Now when I will go for Merge option, you will get to see all the sheet listed over here. This is the file name, which is function data. These are the sheet, the right now if function sheet is selected, but here you can see there are 0 scenarios on source data. So the scenario, which I've said is in zone data. So I'm going to select this here. You can see there is one scenario on source data. Now I'm going to click on, Okay, and it has been merged here you can see very high cost is coming. Let me double-click on this and you can see the figure is coming over here. So this how you can use the merge feature. Now, there is one very important feature also, that is the summary of Scenario Manager. So let me go to What-If Analysis Scenario Manager. Once again, I can go for summary. Now, Results cell is coming as D3, which is this particular cell it is been considering. So I'm going to remove this, just remove this and click on. Okay. So here you can see differentiates scenario summary sheet has been created. And over here you can see current values. This one, which is high cost, low cost, average cost, and very high cost. This can be used for the analysis purpose. This is all about Scenario Manager. Visit for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 53. PMT Function - EMI Calculator: Welcome back students. In this video, we're going to understand a very important financial function, which is known as PMT. Now, this particular function can be used in order to get the EMI amount that is equated monthly installment amount when you have taken the loan. The specialty of this particular function is going to give you the EMA amount on the basis of reducing rate of interest. Now the calculation of reducing rate of interests is quite complicated. What is this? Let me explain it to you. Let's say you have taken a loan of one lac rupees for three years at an interest rate of ten per cent. So it's a very simple calculation. On one leg, 10% is 10 thousand. So for three years you are going to pay 20 thousand. But that calculation in reducing rate of interest is not that easy. What happened? It's going to calculate it because every month you are going to make the EMI payment, MA, that is equated monthly installment. Now, EMI is comprises of two important component. First one is the principal amount, the actual loan amount, and the second one, interest. That particular principal amount will be paid in the first month, that will be deducted, and after that, interest will be calculated for ten per cent interest rate for three years for similar loan amount, which is one lag, the overall interests that you will have to pay is quite less. And how to calculate that, that is on the basis of PMT. Now, whenever we are calculating EMI, that is equated monthly installment, then there are few components or the information we require. First one is the principal amount, or we can say the loan amount. So here let's say the loan amount is two lakh. Okay? Now, because this is something related to currency, I want to convert this into currency. So you may go to Home tab under number, you may see this dollar sign. From here. You need to go for rupees symbol rate of interest, let's say 12%. So 12 per cent year of loan, let's say four or five-year loan has been taken. What is the repayment mode? The permanent mode can be of three types. First one is 12, which is, it's going to be 12 means in a year you are going to make times payment every month. Another deployment mode can be hopefully means in a year you are making two times payments in the six month interval. And then there can be quarterly also. If it is half a unit to type two. If it's quarterly, you need to type four. But most of the time it is only because we are making the payment every month. Okay? So these are the information that we have feed. Now comes the time of EMI. Now, as I've told you, in order to calculate the EMI on reducing rate of interest, we will have to apply PMT function. So I'm going to have life PMT function. Now there are few arguments which are important spatially, the three initial arguments. First, you need to give the rate of interest because it's going to be calculated on a monthly basis. So how to give rate of interests? This the rate of interests, of course, I will select this particular cell which contains the rate of interest. This has to be divided by a repayment mode. Because again, it's being calculated on monthly basis. So that's the reason we have divided this comma after that the argument is, and now NPER means how many times you are going to make the payment. So we are going to make the payment for five years. So I'm selecting this particular cell which contains the year multiplied by again the payment mode. So overall that many times payment will be made. Comma. Now comes PV means present value. This means the loan amount or the principal amount. So you need to give this N negative. So you will have to give this minus symbol and then select the principal amount. Okay? So this is it. After that, close the bracket and enter. Now here we have got the MI amount which is 4,448.89. Again, it is coming US dollar by default. So I can convert this into rupees. Next is total interests and total amounts. So first, let's calculate the total amount. So how is going to be calculated equal to this is the monthly payment multiplied by four or five years. And inner ears, how many times? 12 times. So we will get the total amount, which is this one. Now, we need to calculate total interests. So this is the total amount, subtracting the loan amount, and we will get the total interests. If you're taking the loan of two lakh rupees on 12% rate of interest for five years. Dependent mode is two L. The EMI is going to be 4,448 total interests. You will have to pay this much. That is 66,933, and that's the total amount that you will have to pay, including the interest charges. Now, if you are going to make any changes, Let's say I'm not taking the loan for five years, rather three years, and automatically everything is going to be updated. So this is what PMT functions do. This can be termed as our EMI calculator. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 54. Data Table in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand a very important topic which is DataTable. Now in the previous video, we have seen that how am I can be calculated with the help of PMT function. So we will take advantage of that particular function in order to understand data table. Okay, What is DataTable? Now, here, by applying all this formula, we can see that for three years, the EMI is going to be this much. If we have taken the loan amount of two-legged and interest rate is 12 per cent, of course. Now, I want to see how much amount it's going to be or how much EMI is going to be. If it is for two years, then I will have to make changes over here. And accordingly, I will get the result. But I don't want to do this manually one-by-one. I want to create a table based on year of loan so that it will be easy for us to understand and to make decision that for how long time we should take the loan. So here you can create table on the basis of euro loan. Not only you can create the table on the basis of year of loan, but you can create the table on the basis of loan amount, rate of interests, and other aspect as well. However, here we are considering here for one. So let me type of loan. Fine. Now, next thing that I'm going to do over here is to mention the year. So let's say I'm starting with one. After that, I'm dabbing to now selecting both. And I'm going to drag it. And I want to clear the table for, let's say 15 years. Now over here, I want to take the EMI amount. Over here. I want to mention that total interests over here. I want to mention the total amount. So how to go about how to go about this? Now, over here, the steps are very important. So watch carefully here the sequence is also very important. So this is how I have created the year of loan column. Now, your cursor should be just next to year of loan where you have given the title. Over here. I'm giving equal to sign. And I'm selecting this MIMO because this is what I'm looking for. Okay? Next my cursor is over here, and here I'm looking for total interest. So I'm selecting this, like this. Now equal to here. I'm looking for total amounts. So I will select this particular cell which contains the total amount. Now, while I'm selecting all these cell-like equal to IF selected B7, which contains the formula. Again, this contains the formula to get the total interest, and this contains the formula of the total amount. Next, what needs to be done? Now, I'm going to do the selection like this. Now makes sure to make the perfect selection. Don't select extra, don't select less. Do the proper selection. Now, once we have made the selection like this, the next thing is to go to data. Now once you have clicked on data, you need to go to What-If Analysis. And after that you need to go to Data Table. Now over here you can see there are two options which are available. First one is a row input cell, second is a column input cell. Now this particular data that we have created, it is represented in a calm manner. So what we're going to do, we're going to select column input cell. And what is the input cell? Input cell is a year of loan because this is the cell which is being used in the formula directly or indirectly over here. And that has been used over here. The column input cell, we will consider the yellow loan, which is over here. So let's select this. That's it. Click on, Okay. And here you can see we have got the result. Now, let me do the selection of this Home tab. Let me change the currency. Now it's looking much better. Now here we are getting the result. That is, if the loan has been taken for one year, this is the EMI amount, this is the interest amount, and this is the total amount for two years, for three years and so on. So this table helps us to understand. This particular table helps us to understand, to take financial decisions. Now, there are few more important aspect. Now over here you can see 9414 is mentioned. Now, this is the amount which has been mentioned over here. It doesn't look good. Now, if I'm going to change this, Let's say if I will change it to EMI, then. It will create a problem like this. So what needs to be done? Now? Here, the property will remain as it is, means that particular formula. However, we are going to change how it is getting displayed. For this. What you need to do, select the cell. After that, you need to go to here under Home tab in the number display box Launcher, click over here. Now this is the dialog box we're getting for format cells. Now what you need to do, you need to go to custom. Now in the custom, in the type option, remove whatever is there. And here you will have to type what you want to display, but you will have to type that within a quotation. So I've given double quotation and after that I'm typing E M double quotation close. And let me click on, Okay. And here you will be able to see AMI is displayed and the data below this is also secured. Similar thing we will do over here also. So I'm just copied this. Let me go over here. Custom this dark total interest column. And this is the total amount. Okay? So it's looking much better. Now apart from this. Now apart from this, if I want to format this so that it looks even more better, I'm going to do the selection like this. And if I will go to Format as Table, then it's not going to happen. Let me click on, Okay. Here you can see multi-cell array formulas are not allowed in tables. So we can't form it like this. Individually we can do. But there is another option. Now separately, you need to highlight the title and the rest of the data. So first of all, I'm selecting this. Let me go to Cell Styles. And over here let's say I'm selecting this heading to pattern. Now let me go to the rest of the data. And I'm selecting the data like this. And over here, let's say am selecting this particular option. Now, I'm selecting the rest of the data. Again, I'm going to sell style. Now whatever cell style you want to give you can. There are many options. However, let's say I'm looking for this particular option which is contains the heading three, or otherwise, I can go for this particular option also. I'm selecting this one. Here. You can see it's looking much better. Now, whenever we are going to change any components, let's say the rate of interest is not 20 per cent. Because this is a data table for principal amount to lack and rate of interest well per cent and the payment mode is 12 year of loan here works as a variable. However, let's say this data table is what? Well, percent rate of interest, but I want to change it. I want to change it to 15% rate of interest. I can simply change it over here. And here you will see data table has been changed. Similarly, this data table is what? Well, to lack. If I need to change it, I'm converting this into five lakh. And again you can see the changes has happened. Now, this is the column-wise representation. We can go for a robust representation as well. So in order to showcase row wise representation to you, let me do one thing. I'm going to delete this. And over here, I'm going to take, let's say principal amount. Now. First, I'm taking one leg. Here, it is two leg. And up till here. Now let me change the currency. I'm going for currency and I'm converting this into rupees. Fine. Now the information that I'm interested in is again, the EMI components are equal to either select this particular cell which contains the EMI. Again equal to, I will select the total interests equal to, I will select that total amount. Now, I need to do the selection in this manner. We'll go to data after that what-if analysis data table. Now, this data has been represented in a row manner. So here we need to give row input cell. This time the input component is principal amount, so we will select this particular cell. Let's click on, Okay. And here you can see accordingly, we have got the result. Now, selecting this particular data, let me go to Home, change the currency. Now this is the data table which has been represented row wise. So hopefully you have understood how data table works. What are its variations like representing data row wise or column wise? It's up to you. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 55. Pivot Table in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand a very important and most used tool in MSXl which is known as private Table. Now, private table has been introduced in 2003 Excel version, and after that, it has been continued. Now, version after version, a new feature has been added into pivtTable and the pivate table that you are seeing in the latest office 365 is the most advanced one and most user friendly as well. Now there are many advantages of pivtable and one of the most primary advantages of it, it is very easy important tool in order to generate a report very quickly and instantly. Now over here, you can see in this particular data, this is a raw data. Now, how you can read this data, what item on what date means, sorry, on which date, the client name, how much has been sold in North and how much has been sold in South, that's the data which is here. Now, we have got lots of entry over here, and this is the raw data. Now, when I'm using the term which is raw data, this means from this particular data, I will not be able to reach to any conclusion or I will not be able to make any decision because this is the factual data, of course, but it's not going to give me any glimpse about what are the top performing items? What are the items which are not performing? On which month sale is happening. Who are their good clients, means who are making lots of purchase, and the clients who are not making that much purchase. So all those things I'm not being able to understand just by looking into this raw data. Now if I need to get any fruitful output out of this data, I need to generate the report properly, and for that, I can use the pit able. Now, how to create the pit able, the most important part is your cursor should be within the data. Right now, my cursor is in Which cell, which is C four. However, I have selected the cell which is within the data. Your cursor should not be outside the data means like this. It should be within the data. After that, you may go for insert. And after that, you may go for this private table option. Let me click on this. So that's the dialogue box you will receive. However, while creating the pivate one important aspect that you should know, let me close this. The data should be in a continuous manner. Let's say, if there is a row which is completely blank like this, and my cursor is over here and I'm going to create the pivate table, then the pivate table is going to create by considering only this data. So here you can see the selection also. It has not selected the data which is after this blank row. So you have to be very careful because intentionally, I have created a blank row right now and you can see it. It is visible to you. But many a times such kind of instance may happen downwards the data and it is not visible to you. You might be thinking that I made this selection of complete data, but that's not the case. So what is the solution to this? The solution is you need to do the selection like this. Remember, do the selection from column. So I have made the selection starting from A column and up til E. And after that, go for pivertable. Now, the moment you will do this, it's going to consider the complete data. That is one of the approach. Another approach is, of course, that is set your cursor within the data and after that, click on pivtable. Now that's the dialogue box, and there are two options which are coming. First, you need to create the pivtable in the existing worksheet only. There can be scenario or you want to create a pivtable in a new worksheet. Now, it has made the automatic selection. You can see here sheet one, it is the sheet name. A one till E 1201, you can see the dollar sign, which is the sign of absolute reference, which is important as well. That's fine. It has made the selection you need not to do anything. Now over here, the first option is new worksheet, and the second option is existing worksheet. Let's say I want to create a pivate table in this particular sheet only, then I need to click on existing worksheet. My cursor is in the location right now. The cursor is blinking after the location. After that, you can select the cell where you want to create the pivate table. So I've selected, let's say this particular cell because over here, I want to create the pivttable. Click on Okay. And you can see pivtable has been created. Now, the moment pivtable will be created, you will be able to see the filled list. This is the fill list, actually. I will make you explain it in detail. But that's a fill list. You can remove it from here like this. And if you want the fill list, it will come. Now, your cursor is in the private table, so that's a reason this particular fill list is visible, which is important also. And when you have selected the private table, means your cursor is in the private table, then you will get to see the tab which are related to private table, which is private table analysis and design. If my cursor is outside the private table like this, you will be able to see now fill list and the private table tabs are not visible. I'm going to set my cursor over here once again and you can see the options are coming. Now, I want to remove this private table, then what is the option? How to do this? I to remove this private table, you need to do the proper selection of this private table area. What is the area of private table here you can see? This is the area. Now, don't do the parcel selection. Don't do the extra cell selection. Do the proper selection like this and simply press delete. The moment you are going to do this, pivate table will be deleted. Okay, so now let me create the pivate table. So I've clicked on Pit able, and I'm going to select this new worksheet option because most of the time we do this only, and going to click on O. And here you can see in Sheet two, pivate table has been created and you can see the private table name which is Pivate table two. This is important. Over here, under the pivate table analysis, you can see the pivate table and over here, you will be able to see a few of the properties. Let me click over here and you can see the name of it which is private table two. Now, you can come over here and you can change the name of it. Let's say, this is the sales data, so I want to give it a name which is sales data. You can do that. And here you can see the private table name has been changed to sales data. Fine. Now, when you have selected the private table, as I've told you, that fill list will be visible, which is this particular thing. The fill list is divided into two parts. The first part are the filled names like item date, client, number sold north, number sold south. So these are the filled name. What is filled Let me go to the row data, which is in sheet one. And over here you can see item date client. Generally, we call them headings, but in technical terms, we call them fills. So these are the filled headings. So over here, you can see the list of filled, whichever is available. Now the beauty of private table is you can use only those fields on now the beauty of private table is that you need to use only those fields which you want to represent in your report. Means in every report, all the data is not required. Okay, you are capturing all the data. That's fine. But while presenting anything, maybe few of the fields are required. So while you are creating the pivate table, you can choose which field you want to use. Now, the first thing is the field name, as I've told you, and the second thing is the filled area. So there are four filled areas. Means where you can place the filled. What are the filled areas? You can represent any field in the filter. You can represent any field in the column. In the row or in the values. So that's totally up to you. Now, here you can see that these are the list of all the items which are available. Now, if you look at this row data, you'll not be able to understand how many items are there in fact. But when we have created this private table, I've just put items in the row, and very instantly, I'm being able to understand that how many items are there actually. So these are the list of items which are available. Now, on that basis, I want few information like A four size paper, how much has sold overall in North region. So I'm going to take this North number sold North and going to place it in value. And over here, you can see Uh, let me refresh it. Okay, fine. Now over here, you can see A four size paper, how much has sold five, 652, Des 6078, notice board, 5913, and so on. Now, by default, um, you can see that the data has been represented in ascending order on the basis of first column data. Here, the items are represented. So it is starting with A. After that D then N means A to Z. You can change this. You may go to data and over here, you can see this option of ascending and descending. So right now the data has been sorted in ascending manner. I can go for descending also. So you can see that now, this is very important when it's come to values because my cursor was over here and after that, I have applied the ascending or descending order. So it's going to work in a manner that is a two z or z because these are alphabets. But if my cursor is over here, then it's going to represent the data based on values. Right now, if I want to know that what are the items which are most sold or least sold so that I can go for a descending order. So I'm clicking on this. And immediately, I've got the result that what are the top performing items, which is permanent marker after that professional bag, and the least performing item is Renault pen set, A for size paper and so on. This is very important, the sorting portion also, in order to get the result on the basis of performance. Okay. Apart from this, let's say, if I want to get the result of number sold south also, so I can take this and I'm going to place it over here like this. You can see I've got the result of north as well as result of South now here you can see the space is quite congested. It's not very much visible, even though you may use this arrow option. But you can do one thing. You can see this separator. If you're going to set your cursor over here, you can see you can increase the size of this particular portion. So I'm going to do this like this that's more suitable. Okay, right now, I don't require this south data, so I'm going to remove this. How you can remove this again, you can uncheck this. Another way of doing this, you can simply take this and place it back. Right now items are represented. I want to represent client, so I can represent the client in column wise. I'm going to place this in column here you can see the clients are represented in columns and how we can read the data that is permanent marker has been purchased by Aptecn that is 439. Again, professional bag purchased by AptecH many 393. I'm getting the result like this. Now, um, in order to manage the column data because right now client is represented in columns. I've got the column filter. So if I'm going to click over here, here, I've got the column filter, and let's say I don't want to see all data rather I want to see only Aptech or SCL, I can do that and click on Okay. Similarly, if I need to apply the filter in row data that is also possible. Here it is a row. Let me go over here, and if I want to get the result of only duster and notice board or maybe professional back that is possible, I can get the result. Let me clear the filter. Now, what this particular filter is for them? Because in the column also I can apply a filter in row also I can apply a filter. There is a major use of it and that I will make you understand in the last portion means there are many functionalities of pivttb and the last functionality of the private table, which I'm going to make you understand is going to be, what is the benefit of this particular filter? Now, apart from this, the normal usage of it, that I'm going to explain it to you right now, I'm going to place this client in filter. And here you can see, I'm getting the result of all the clients. I can come over here, I can use, let's say, I want to see only Aptech, I can do that. If I need to do multiple selection of client, I can do that. Just go for select multiple items. Apart from Aptech, I want to see the option, which is ILink as well as IIHD, I can do that and click on Okay. And here you have got the result. But again, here I'm getting the result of three multiple items, but combined, I'm not getting the separate results. So if you want to get the separate result, the option is you can place this in column. But not only this, you can place this in row as well like this. I'm placing the client in row just below the items. Because I placed this just below the item, item is going to be in the above portion like whiteboard marker and liens, which are just three right now because of the filter I've applied, are Apteceling and IST. Individuals result are displayed, and their combined result is displayed as well. Now, this is the collapse button. If you want to, like, collapse this, you can click on this plus button, so it's going to expand. However, if you don't want that, if you want to minimize this, you can click on this minus button, and it's going to minimize. Okay. But however, if you don't want this button to come, you can do this. You need to go for pitable analysis and simply click on this plus and minus button. And here you can see it is not visible now. However, I want this, so I'm going to click over here, fine. Now over here you can see row labels are coming. However, I want something by myself to type. I can do that. Let's say I want sales. Data to come. I've typed sales data and here you can see accordingly it's coming. These are the filled headers, actually, and if you don't want this to come, you can do this also. You need to simply click on remove this filled headers, means just click over here and filled headers are going to be removed. However, again, I want this, so I'm going to click over here. Fine. Now, if I want a representation in a bit different manner, because right now items are displayed at the top and under items clients are displaying. However, I want client to come at the top and items under them. So I can do this simply you need to select item and place this below client. It is that simple. So here you can see clients are represented above, and under that, items are mentioned. Only three clients as I've applied the filter. That's the reason only three clients are showing. However, again, I can go for filter, I can remove the filter, and now you can see that all the clients are visible. Hopefully you have understood the options of filled areas. Means how you can represent any particular filled in rows, columns, filter, and values. There are many more things that need to understand. Okay, so let me place this client filled over here. Now I've got a simple representation of data. Fine. So the next thing that we are going to understand are the value filled setting. Now, you can see the filled area which is values. And if you are going to place any particular field which contains number, by default, it's going to show you some. So you can see that. However, if you are going to place any field which doesn't contain number, rather, maybe it's containing text or alphabets, then it's going to show you count. Okay, under those circumstances, we don't have much options because if it's text, then it's going to show only count, but when it's value means when it's number, but apart from sum, we can go for count option. We can go for average, maximum, minimum, and many other mathematical functions. If we can read the data properly over here, you can see A four size paper, how much has been sold that is five, six, five, two, as far as the north region is concerned. Now, I want to know how many time transactions happened. So I want to know the count. So what I can do, I can go over here in the values can go for value fill setting, and from here, I can go for the option which is count. Click on Okay, and here you can see A four size paper. How many times A four size paper has been purchased number of times, it is coming as 142. Now, with count, I want some also because in many cases might be it is required for the analysis purpose. So it is possible to use a same field multiple times. Not only twice, you can use it as many times you want. So I'm going to take this particular field and going to place it over here once again. Now, here you can see it is showing me the result that how many times A four size paper has been purchased, or has been sold, sorry. And what is the amount, which is 5652. So there's a count and there's a sum. Now, apart from this, I want to get another result that what is the contribution of each item into overall sales? So that's the overall sales. So I want to know the contribution of each item. So how to do that. This particular field would be required again. So I'm going to take this particular field going to place it over here. Fine. And now, let me go over here and going for value filled setting. When these options are coming, don't be confused. I'm not going for right click at I'm doing the left click only. Okay, going for value filled setting. Now, under the value filled setting, you can see all the options are coming like some count we have already applied. You may go for average also max minimum product and many other functions. However, that's not our target right now. We want to know the contribution of each item into overall cell. So we need to go to this particular option which is show values. And here no calculation has been applied actually right now. We will go for percentage of grand total. That would be sufficient. Let me click on Okay, and here you can see it is showing us the contribution of each particular item into overall cell. So if we will talk about a duster contribution, it is 12.75%. So you can see for the analysis purpose, this sort of information is very much important. So let me go for a Zoom out. What I'm going to explain next is the duplicate pitable concept. White is being required, here you can see a complete information about the items performance. Similar representation I want for the client as well. So what I can do, I can do the selection of this pivate table. Now, while doing the selection, don't do the parcel selection like this or don't do the extra cell selection like this. Do a proper selection, then go for Control C means copy and paste it wherever you want. So I'm going to paste it over here, Control V. Now, this private table and this particular private tables are different. If I'm going to set my cursor over here, I'm going for pivtable analysis. Let me go to pivateable and here you can see the name which is pit table one. And if I'm going to set my cursor over here, you can see the name which is pivtable two. Don't be confused that I have given the name sales data. I've changed the name later on. So this particular private table name is piv able one and this particular private table name is pivtable two. So these are two different private tables. Now, what I'm going to do here, my cursor is in the second pivate table. I'm going to remove item, and I'm going to place client filled in the rows. So you can see not much efforts required and similar to the data I've represented for items, client data has also been created. It is that easy with the help of this particular trick. Now, here also I'm getting the result, but here I'm getting the result client wise, that aptech client, how many times they have done the transaction, how much they have purchased, that is 3776. What's their contribution is 7.92%. Now I want to design it a bit differently because it is different from this data, of course. I'm going to set my cursor over here, go for design, and let's say I'm selecting this one. Here you can see the representation is a bit different. So that is how Pivtable can be created. You can create as many pivtable or duplicate pivtable in a single sheet with this particular trick, and that is being very useful. Now, how to remove this, again, the same trick is, don't do the parcel selection, don't do the extra cell selection. Do a proper selection and delete. So I press Delete, so it has been and delete it very easily. Let me increase the size of it. The next thing that we are going to understand in this private table is how quickly we can generate a detailed report. Let me explain it to you. Before that, let me remove this extra bit of information. Okay. I'm going to convert this into some Fine. Now here you can see AFO size paper, overall sell is showing, which is 5652. Now, how this particular figures comes means, I want to know all the transaction which leads to this particular sales figure. So simply you can double click over here like this. And here you can see, based on this particular item, we have got the result in a different sheet, which is sheet three, and very easily a detailed report has been created. Similarly, if I want the result to come for whiteboard also, in front of whiteboard that figure is and we need to click over here, and here you can see a white board, detailed report has been created. In pit table, in a simple word, in whatever figure you are going to click, it will show you how that particular figure came. Means it going to show you all the transaction related to that particular figure. Let's say, if I'm going to place client in the column, now we can say the data is representing that duster has been purchased by Aptag that is 400. When those transactions happen, again, I'm going to click over here, and I will get the result in a separate sheet altogether. So it is that easy to create an instant. Before we proceed further, let's understand a very important aspect. Now, private table, even though it is the latest version, doesn't take automatic update. What I mean to say, this private table has been created from a row data, which was there in sheet one. However, if there is going to be any update in sheet one, it's not going to update here automatically. Okay? So what I'm going to do this extra bit of files or the sheet which has been created, let me delete this. Okay. Now, in the sheet one, we have got the master data. In sheet two, we have got the pit able. Fine. So let me remove this client so that it will be easy for us to understand. Now, you can see in front of A four size paper, the figure is 5652. So remember this particular figure, which is 5652. And the item I'm talking about is A four paper. Okay. So I'm coming over here, and here you can see A four size paper. We are talking about the North region cell. So I'm going to put a figure which is quite huge Y so that we will be able to see whether it's taking the automatic update or not. So I have given 12,000. Let me press Control S. I've pressed Control in order to save this. Let me go to sheet two, which contains the pivotable, and over here you can see there is no changes means it has not taken any update. So we need to refresh it. How you can do this, right click and go for refresh option. So now you can see the data has been updated. Another way of refreshing this is go to Pivtable Analysis. And over here also, you will get to see this refresh option. Okay, let me go back to Sheet one. I'm going to change it to what it was. Control S. Okay, pressing the save button is not required, but it is always my suggestion to press Controls or to save that document all the time. Okay. Now let me go to piv able Analysis, going to click on refresh, and the data has been refresh. Now the second option that I'm going to make you explain is the change data source. This particular pivot table has been created from the data which was there in Sheet one. If you want to change that, you can do that. How you need to click on to this particular option, which is change data source. Now it will show you that what's the data which was selected previously. Now, you need to do a new data selection. Let's say I'm selecting only this much of data. Now, while you are selecting a new data, it is very important to select the heading also or the fill name. What I mean, don't do the selection like this because it doesn't have any headings. So I'm selecting the data which contains the headings and then click on, Okay. Now it has been updated because you can see the figures are less because it's less data. However, I want to select the complete data, so I'm over here. Click Anywhere press Control A so that the complete data can be selected and click on. Okay. Now, it has changed again. So that's the option of change data source. Now, let me explain slicer to you. Now, what is slicer? Before we proceed further, let me tell you that pivot table has been launched in 2003, as I've told you. It was there in 2007 version also, but in 2007 version, slicer was not there. It has introduced in 2010 version. So if you have got an older version, you will not able to see this particular option, which is slicer. Okay, now what is slicer option? This is nothing but a filter option only. Okay, let me take this client over here in the column. And now, this particular slicer option is going to be in the Pivertable analysis only. So under the filter group, you can see this particular option, which is insert slicer. Click, and after that, you can choose the slicer of the filed. So here I'm selecting the slicer for item and client and click on Okay. So as I've told you, this is nothing but a filter option only. So why we are using it because we already have filters because it is fast, it is very easy to understand, and it look good also. So these are the reasons. Let's say I want to get the result of A four paper only. So it is very easy. We can simply click over here and we can get the result of A four paper. You can see that. Apart from A four paper, let's say I want the result of Duster and Notice booard. I can do the selection like this and I will get the result. These are the continuous selection, but let's say I'm going to select A four size paper. With this, I'm going to select professional back so you can use Control button, and with that, I'm selecting Whiteboard, so I have pressed Control button and you can see the result. Along with this, let's say I want the result for Uptak only, you can see that we are getting the result for uptak or whatever client you want. Now, if you want to remove the filter, you need to come over here and you may go for this option of clear filter. The shortcut is all C. Also, if you want to remove this, you need to select this delete, it will be removed. Now, many times, you see slicer, but it looks a bit different because you can represent this like a box also. Now, when I've selected the slicer, you can see the slicer tab is coming, and over here, you can see the slicer styles. So whatever styles you like, you can choose that. Let's say I'm selecting this particular style. Next, in the column section, I'm going to increase the column of it, so I'm going to increase the column to four. Going to increase the width of it like this and going to place it over here. So it's looking much professional. The functionality will not differ here. It's going to be same, but it's looking much better because it is all about data organizing, like this. Okay, I'm going to clear the filter, going to clear this particular slicer also. Now we have got the option of timeline as well. However, we have got item and client represented over here. And even though we can use timeline because we have got date, let me go to the raw data, and over here, you can see we have got the data date wise. So if we have got date in our data, we can use time. But here, right now, no date has been selected, means I have not used date over here in the column or maybe in the row. That doesn't mean I can't use date. I can use. But right now, I'm going to remove client and going to remove item also going to select date. Now, already it is coming as a group. What is that? I'm going to make you explain later on. But first of all, let me ungroup this. Okay, so this is the date figure that is on first Jan 2000, how much cell happened, second an, and so on. So what I'm going to do, I'm going for this insert timeline option. Going to select date, click on Okay. Now here you can see date timeline is coming. First of all, let me scroll it over here and you can see year 2000 January, February, March, and so on, these particular options are coming. So if I'm clicking on January, so this is of 2000 January and showing me the result of January 2000 only. Rest of the detail, it's not showing. Let's say I'm going for this particular option that is 2000 June, so I will get the result of 2002 June only. I can do a multiple selection also like this. So now I've selected three months of 2002, and I'm getting the result accordingly. Okay. Now, here are the option of selecting months, years, quarters and days. Days is going to come like this, which is not much of a use. We can go for month option. Previously, it was month pattern only, which I have showed you. Apart from this, you may go for year option. So this particular data is covering four years, starting from 2000 till 2003. So let's say I'm selecting 2001, so it will show me the result of 2001 year data only. Okay. Then you may go for this water option also. Quarter means in a year, there can be four quarters. 12 months are divided in three, three months actually. So if I'm selecting 2000 quarter two, so it's going to show me the results starting from April, May, June, like this. However, as I've told you, we can use date timeline, and the data is going to be different. So I'm going to set my cursor over here. I'm going to remove date. I'm going to select item. I'm going to select client also. So that you will be able to understand its usefulness and going to clear this particular timeline, right now we are getting all the results. Fine. When I've selected this timeline, let me go to this timeline and you can design this also. Let's say I'm going for this particular design pattern, looking much better. Over here, let's say I want to see the result year wise. Now we are talking about the year 2000, so I've selected only 2000 and you can see the changes over here means we are able to see the result of 2000 year only. Let's say 2002, you can click over here. Combining 2001 and 2002, you can see the difference. If I'm going to select months, you can get the result accordingly. This is what this particular timeline option is. Hopefully, you have understood this properly. Now, this timeline will only work if you have got date in your data. Let me clear the filter, and I'm going to remove this. You know the procedure hopefully, so you need to select this delete and it's going to be removed. Now, let's understand group option, which is very important. Group option is very useful in pivtable and it is particularly used in order to tackle date and values. So I need to remove item. As well as client and going to select date. Okay, this is already grouped, so let me ungroup this. So this is how date will come in your data. And now, you need to set your cursor over here like this. Don't do improper selection. What I mean, this is the option we are going to use, which is group filled. But if I'm going to do the selection like this, you can see this is inactive. If I'm going to do the selection like this also, or this also, you can see this is inactive. So what do you need to do, you need to set your cursor like this, select only single cell, and it should be overdate. Now go for this group filled option. Now you will get to see the option of representing the date data into months, quarters, and years. Over here, automatically, you can see it has selected the starting date of this particular data and the ending date, which is correct. If you want to change the starting or ending date, you can do that. Okay, let me select months and going to click on Okay, and here you can see month wise data has been represented. Means on January, how much see happened, February and so on. However, this January data which is displayed over here is of four years actually, because this data is starting from 2000 till 2003. So what I want, I want the data to come for January but year wise also. So what I can do, I can go for group field and I can select year along with months. Okay, and here you can see that in 2000 in January, how much sale happened, and overall in 2000, how much sale happened. So that's the data we are getting. However, if you want month to come first and you want year to come under that, you can do that. So over here in the row, you can see year is here and date is under year. So what you can do, you can take this year, I'm going to place it under date. So here you can see January overall sale, and year wise also it is shown. Now, let me do the ungrouping so I'm selecting only single cell and click on Ungroup and it's going to Ungroup. It is not compulsory that you are using year and months together. You can simply use years also. You can simply use quarters also, and you can use quarters along with month and year also, like this. Okay, let me ungroup this. Now, I have already told you that we can manage date as well as value with the help of group. So I'm going to show you. So let me remove date, and we have got value, which is number sold North, which is represented in values, but I'm going to represent this in rows also. Now, what it's showing, it is showing that how much sale happened 460. A bit confusing. Let me show you. I'm going for a raw data in sheet one, and over here, you can see the figures 34, 58, 54, and so on. So it is showing how many times 20 sale happened. And it's showing the total number of sale of that, actually. It's not showing the number of transactions. If you want to see that, you can go for the account option. However, uh, numbers are represented over here. It is not much of a use, but I want to see the grouping properly means I want to see the range proportions. So what I want, I want to create a grouping like 20 to 25 or maybe 20 to 24. Uh, then 25 to 28 means I want the gap of five. So what I can do, I can set my cursor over here. Let me go to Pivertb analysis, go for group filed once again. Here you can see the starting figure and ending figures it has taken automatically, and it is creating the group with the difference of ten, but I want five, so I'm giving five. You can choose the number according to your requirement, click on Okay and you can see the grouping has been created. So 20-24, how many cells happened? 3,100. So this is how with the help of group, you can manage date as well as values. Let me ungroup this. Let's understand layout. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to remove this fine. Let me take item. And I'm going to represent client in a single row only like this. Okay, fine. So let me go to design. And from here, you can see the layout options. We have already seen the styles options, which are quite simple. So let's focus on two layouts. Now the first option over here, you can see the blank rows options. Means after each item information, I want a blank row to come. You can do this, go over here, blank rows and go for the option of insert blank line after each item. I'm going to select this. And here you can see a blank line after each item. It's a kind separation. However, if you don't want this, just come over here and go for this option of remove blank line after each. Next is the report layout. Right now it is compact form. 56. Power Pivot in Excel: Welcome back student. In this video, we are going to understand a very important feature of Excel that is Power view. Power Pivot feature has been introduced as adding. Even now it is adding, but however, it is an in built feature, which will be available easily in 2016 and 2019 version. Previous to that, it requires an effort because you will have to add it as an adding and that will require some efforts. However, it is 2019 version, and here it is quite easy. If you will not get to see the tab of Power Pivot, then what you need to do, you need to go to file. After that, you need to go to option. From here, you can go to AddIs now under add ins, you will get to see there are many options which are coming like Power view, Power Map. Apart from this, you can see this Power Pivot. Here Excel add ins are mentioned. You will have to go to Com AddIs and click on Go. From here, you will have to select Microsoft Office Power Pivot, whatever version that is being mentioned over there, and it is checked by default, so I need not to do anything, click on Okay. Next thing you need to go to file and after that, you need to go to Option once again, go to Customize Ribbon. Now, here you will get to see this option of Power pivt which is unchecked. Check this, click on Okay. Now here you will get to see the option of PowerPivot. That's what we require. Now, the first important aspect of Power pivot, it is to manage the data or organize the data and present it in a manner so that it is understandable so that you can take managerial decisions. Fine. First of all, I want to show you the data which I'm going to use. Here, first data is of items where I'm going to create the power Ivert In the items, what is mentioned is the name of the item, which is let's say whiteboard, notice board. Now, what is the selling price of this particular item? What is the cost of this item? So two aspect of the items are mentioned. First one is the selling price, second one is the cost. Apart from this, we have got client data. Now in the client data, we have got client name, we have got their contact number and email ID. That's a dummy data I have created. However, we have got client name, contact number, and email ID. That's a second data. Apart from this, we need a data again that is order info. This is the main data over here, we have got a order ID item on which date this particular order has been done by the client and how many number of items they have purchased. That's the information we have got in the order data. Fine. We have got three datas. Now, all these three data are interconnected, but right now they are represented in three different tables. Here, here Power Pivot is going to be very useful. Now, how to go about this, first of all, I will have to click on this manage. The moment I will click on this, it will open a separate window for the Power Pivot. Here you can see Power Pivot for Excel, item info Excel, fine. It is right now blank because there is no data as such. Now here, you can extract the data from any database here like SQL Server, MSXs from Analysis server or different Power Pivot, you can extract the data. Apart from this from data service like O data data feed, there are other sources. Also, let me click over here. Now, these are all sources from where you can get the data. However, my data is in Excel format, so I will drag it down or I will scroll it down and from here you will get to see this option of Excel five. Let me select this, click on next. Now here you will have to give a friendly connection name. By default, it is Excel. There is no harm in that. The first data that I am going to extract is of let's say order, I will give it Excel order. Now you will have to give the fine pa. You can simply browse the five. I'm clicking on Bowe selecting this order info five. You can double click this or otherwise, select this and click on Open. Now, this is very important. Here you will have to select use first row as column headers. The first column will be considered as header, which is very important. Click on next. Now here it will mention all the sheets which are there in that particular file. You will have to make sure you are selecting the correct sheet which having the data. I know that is sheet one. I can select that and if you have got any doubt, you can click on Preview also. Now, here I clicked on Preview, I can see that there's a correct data, so let me click on Okay and finish. Here you can see that 1,200 rows transferred close and over here, the data has been transferred. If I will scroll down, we can see that we have got the order info data. Now, let me stretch the columns a bit. Here you can see the format of the date is like this. However, not to worry there you can see the date format option, so you can select the format according to your requirement. Let's say I'm selecting the format which is this one, fine, and it's going to be applied in this complete column. Fine. We have got first data which is order. By default, the name is coming as sheet one because this has been extracted from sheet one. Let me double click over here and I'm going to change the name to order info. There's a more suitable name. Fine. Let me get the second data from other source words again. Click on Excel file next. This time, I'm going to get the data which is item info I'm having in that particular file order I've got, I need to get the client data. I'm giving the name client Browse, going to select client Info open. Use first row as column header next. No need to preview I know that's the correct data and let me click on finish. Here you can see 12 rows transferred close. And here you can see client tab has been created. It has been created successfully correctly. The reason is being the sheet name over there was client. That's the reason. Here we have got the client name, their contact number, and email ID. To table we have got now another table which is in the exact file where we are working currently. There is another way of adding this. You need to select the data and you can simply click on add to Data Table. Now here you can see this has been added to the table and by default, the name is table one. Again, I'm double clicking and I'm giving the name, let's say, the name was item. I'm giving the name item info. Fine. Now we have got three tables. First table, we have got the order information. In the second table, we have got client related information and in the third table, we have got items related information, what is the selling price cost and everything. Now, what is the main purpose of Power Pivot is to create the connection between all these three data. So how to do that? I or to do that, you need to go to diagram view. So once you will click on Diagram view, you will get to see all the tables which has been created. So these two are fine here, I'm going to stretch it a bit so that all the fills will be visible. Fine. Now you will have to start creating a connection. Now the first connection that is I'm going to establish over here is between this table which is ordered data and the client data. And the only thing which is common in these two data is the client name. Fine. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to select this, which is the client name. Stretch it and connecting with this client in this particular table. Okay. So it will establish the connection. You can see that. Here you can see it is coming as one and here you can see it is coming as star or in a technical term asterix. Now why it is coming as asterix Because in the client table, we have got a client name single. Here we have got many client names because it is based on whenever they have made an order. So one against many. So here the connection has been established in such a manner that here in this particular table, which is the client table, a single client name may have many client names in the order table. That is how the connection has been established and that's the reason it is one over here and that is asterix over here. Now, let me establish a connection between this client and this item info. There is no connection as such actually This is the client data. This is an item data. There is a connection between however the order table and the item table. That is the item is going to be connected with the item name. Fine. Let me do one thing. It is possible to establish the connection like that. However, it will not look that good, so I've moved that a bit. Now, what I'm going to do, again, item name is going to be connected with item. Again, here the connection has been established. You can say one is too many, here a single item name. In the order table, definitely, there are many items which are mentioned means a single item name has been used many times because it catches every instances of order when that is being placed. One is too many. Again, here, one is too many. We have established the connection. Now you can simply click on data. Fine. Let me come to this order Info tab where we are right now. Let's say I want to get some information. The information that I'm looking for, let's say, a total number of sales in terms of revenue, let's say, because in this particular data, we have got the order ID when that particular order has been placed. What is it what is the item name and what is the client and how many items they have purchased, that is number sold. Based on this, I want to know how much of revenue has been generated from this particular transaction. Here I'm going to add double click and I'm going to give it a name revenue. Apart from this, I will require another information, let's say, cost and another information that I'd be required that is profit. Now, that's going to be based on per transaction. Means when this single transaction happens, how much of revenue has been generated and how much of cost has been incurred and how much of profit we have captured. So revenue we need to get. Now, in order to get the revenue, definitely, we would be requiring the help of both the data, which is the client data as well as the item info data. But mostly the item info data because here we have got the sales price. We have got the cost also. So with the help of that, we will be able to generate the revenue as well as the cost and after using both this particular column, we will be able to get the profit as well. So first of all, we need to get the revenue. Now here we can apply a formula similar to how we are applying a formula in an Excel. So equal to. Over here in the formula r, you need to see. Now, equal to sine after that, we are going to apply a formula which is related uh, bracket start. I've typed related given the bracket. Now, once you will give the bracket, there you will get to see all the fills means all the fills from these three tables because we have established the connection. Now, whichever filled is need to be used, you can use that. So here I need to use item info table, and we required sales plies. Fine. We are selecting item info salespl bracket close. Now this particular set of information is containing the sales price of the item, which is let's say this one, that's going to be captured from here because that is being connected, so we need not to worry about anything. Now, that's going to be multiplied by number sold. This one, then only we will get to see the revenue. Simply we can start typing number sold and here you can see number sold is coming. So you can select this one also, which is going to be mentioned order info, which is the tab name and then the pill name which is number or otherwise, you can select this thing also. So I'm going to select this. That's it, Enter. The moment I will do that, you can see the revenue is coming for this particular transaction. Now, similarly, we need to get the cost. So here, again, I'm going to apply related now this time, I am going for again, item in for table, but we require the cost, and that's going to be multiplied by number sold. I'm typing numbers sold once again. Enter I have not given the bracket over here. That's a mistake. Fine. Let me correct this. Fine. Here we have got the revenue per transaction, we have got the cost as well. Now it is very easy to get the profit. So what we are going to do going to apply equal to here related only required because we can use revenue and cost these two columns. Simply I can start typing revenue. Here we will get to see revenue, and I'm subtracting this with cost. Fine. Enter, and we have got the profit as well. This how interconnecting data can work. The next important thing is to generate measure, measure and nothing but basically functions actually. Let me get back to this data, and here you will get to see the option of measures. You can simply click over here or you may click over here as well. You will get to see this option of new measure, click. Now here you will have to select the table name. There are three tables in your data, so you can click over here and you can select the table where you want this measure to come. I want this measure to be displayed in order info. Fine, I have selected this now the measure name. Let's say I want a total of profit or let's say I want the total of revenue. Measure name is going to be total of revenue. Fine. You can add description if you wish to otherwise not required. Here, equal to has been given in advance, so that's a good thing. Now, here you can simply start tapping the function or the formula which you want to apply. Here let's say I'm tapping some now what you want to sum, I want to sum the revenue which is an order table. Let me scroll down and in the order info, I'm looking for revenue. Here it is. I'm going to select this. That would be fine. Bracket close and click on. Okay. Fine. One measure has been created, let me go back over there in the order, you will get to see this total of revenue and if I will set my cursor over here, you can see the total revenue as well. However, let me stretch the column so that you can see the complete value. The total of revenue is coming over here. If I'm going to select this in the formula bar, you can see the function also which has been applied. Let's say I want to count the total number of client. We can create measure over here also. So this is the a portion, and these are the portion for the measure. So let's say I'm over here and I'm going to click, I'm going to give equal to. Now after equal to, I want to count, so I will go for count function. Now I want to count distinct, so rather I can go for distinct count. Okay. Now, distinct count I've done and from the order only order info table only, I'm going to select client so that I can see how many clients are there. You can say that in the client data, we have got all the clients. But let's say I'm not sure. Maybe in the order data, there are clients which are not in the client data. That's the reason I've selected the client from the order info, and I've applied the function which is distinct count. So how many distinct clients are there, it's going to count that Bracket close and here you can see measure one and it is coming as 12. We have got 12 clients overall. That's fine. But here, measure one is coming. We can change it. Let me go over here and I'm going to type count of customers. Now within the measure, we can use measure in the function also. Here, let's say, I want to see the average number of revenue each customer is giving. Equal to I'm giving here, the major name is total of revenue, so I can simply start typing total, you can see that total of revenue measure is coming and that's the symbol for measure. Okay, let me select this, and that's going to be divided by count of customers. Again, I will start tapping count and you can see again that measure is coming. Let me select this. Enter. So we have got the average. Now, here you can see lots of decimals are coming, so that's not a big problem. Let me go to decimal numbers. Fine here I'm going to change the name once again. That is average revenue per customer. Fine. We have got three measures created. Now we have got this three different data and we have established the connection and the complete usefulness of it can be shown with the help of private Table. Let me go to this data once again. Now, over here, you need to go to Insert and you can click on Pivate Table simply. Now, once you will click on Private Table, there are few options like selected table or range. If you want to create a pivot table from the data, if you want to create the pivot table from external data source, or you want to create a pivot from the data model, which we want. So it is selected as well. Fine. If it is not selected, you need to select this. After that, I'm going for new worksheet and click on O. Here you can see Pat table has been created. You can see client data source, it has taken Excel client. It has taken this Excel order and it has taken this item info as well. Over here, the symbol is different over here, it's simply taking table one. The reason is being this table one is in this particular file only. That's the reason it is coming over here, but that simply doesn't mean that it has not got any connection between these two. Means all these three data has been established connection and it is there only. If the symbol is not coming over here, that simply means that you are using the data which is in this particular file only. Fine. Let me click on this client. And here you can see the client name, contact number, all the fill options are coming. If I'm clicking on order Info, again, all the fields are coming, including the measure also that we have created. Out of this fill, let's say I want to use the client and so I'm taking the client name and I'm dragging it to Rose. All the clients are coming and that is being represented in row. Now, from the order data, let's say we want to see the total revenue. By each client, I'm selecting revenue, placing it in values, and here you will be able to see that Aptech has given the revenue that is that much, DucatECL CDC and so on. If we need to see that how many times transactions happens means rather than some, we want to see the count, you know it. It is the same way that we have done. Here I'm going to place the revenue once again and going over here, going for value fill setting, selecting count. So it is giving the count. How many times transactions happen 100 times. Fine. You can get the data or you can get the information which is not possible normally with the help of Pivate table. If you've gone through the videos of pivot table, it is of no difference. The functionalities are same. The only difference is all the advantages that here you are not using a single data, rather you can use multiple data and you can establish connection so that you can get the desired result. Now one extra feature which is available in Power Pivot is the KPI, which is almost like a conditional formatting. Let me show you how these things work. Let me click on KPI, that is key performance indicator. New KPI, Fine. Here you will have to select that you want to create the KPI key performance indicator based on which particular field. Here it is coming count of customers average revenue per customer or total of revenue. Let's say I want to create this based on total of revenue. Now, here you will have to give the absolute value, or you may go with the percentage manner also. I'm going for absolute value. Let's say I'm giving here the target is 12 lack and 50,000. Fine. Now, from here, we need to establish what kind of color skin we want where or the icon set, you can say. Here I want this up till let's say 85,000 this I want after let's say one lack 15,000. Fine, and click on Okay. Now here you will get to see these numbers. Now what happens to the color scheme, which we have seen here? What you need to do come over here and you will get to see this total of revenue. Now here I'm seeing this in order info because that is what we have established over there based on revenue we want. It is over here, total of revenue. Let me click over here, need to deselect this. No need to select this once again. Now here you can see the color schemes are coming. Fine. Apart from this, you can set the goal also what was the goal? That is the goal per client, you can see that as well. That is how key performance indicator can be set. Now, apart from this, you can represent this with the help of pivot chart as well. Let me go to analy, and here you need to click on Pivatehart. Here it is suggesting the chart which is suitable according to this data. However, let's say I want to go with Pie hart, and click on Okay. Here it is represented with the help of Pychart. Let's say I don't want count over here, right click and remove filled. Now, here it is representing with the help of data which we have got in Pivot table, which is based on client. Fine. This how you can create a pivot chart also based on your Pivot table. Now we have seen the use of slicer before. But here, I want to show you because right now the data is represented based on order info, and I'm going for, let's say, insert slicer here I want to insert slicer based on let's say client. Here you can see client and order info is only coming. You may wonder why another table which is there that is not coming. Let me cross this. We have got client, we have got order Info and we have got table one also. Why this table one is not coming, it is also there. No need to worry. You need to click on A. These are the active which is over here, which is being used, and if you click on A, then we will get to see all the tables. From the all also, I can use the slicer. Let's say I'm using the slicer which is item nine. Okay. How that is possible because all these are connected, so I can use this. I've selected item name and let's say I want to see only the item of AFO paper then it is showing AptagTtal revenue for the AFO paper. If you need to do the multiple selection, you can use Control button like this. It is in the similar manner we have used the Tort, no difference. Hopefully you have understood this very powerful tool which is PowerPivot. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 57. Hyperlink in Excel: Welcome back, friends. In this video, we are going to understand about hyperlink in Excel. What are all the options? Now, from the very name, you can understand that hyperlink is to create a linking environment based on situation. So there are five kind of hyperlinks which you may do. So one by one, I'm going to make you understand. Now, here you may see I've created a kind of index page, but this is just in order to demonstrate you the examples of hyperlink. Here as atopic first one is written as I function. Actually, it is referring to a sheet. Here you may see I function. So what I want whenever user is clicking over here, they are reaching to this particular sheet, which is I function. So I will create a hyperlink for this. So the way to do hyperlink is to select the cell where you need to create a link, then go to insert. Now, from here, you may click on Hyperlink. Another option of doing is to do the right click and here you may see the option of hyperlink. So click over here. Now, the first option you may see here, existing file or web page. So here, I want to create a hyperlink, not to a file, neither to a web page, but rather, I want to place in this document only. So I will click over here. Now, place in this document, you may see the list of pages are coming. So I will select I function. What does I mean whenever user is clicking over here, if function. So they will reach to this particular set, which is I function, which is here. So click on Okay, so the hyperlink has been created. The moment user is going to click over here, I function, they will reach here. Another sheet is, let's say text example, you may see here. I need to create a hyperlink, so I will right click. We'll go to Hyperlink. From here, I'm selecting text example, o the moment I will click over here, you may see I've reached to this text example. Now, if you want to create a proper navigation, let's say the moment user is clicking over here in text example, they have reached here in this particular sheet. Now from here, I want to create a link from where they can go back to Index. So here I'm tapping back select this, create a hyperlink, and I've created a hyperlink with the sheet, let's say, which is index. The movement user will click here. They will reach back to the index page. So if they are clicking over here in the sheet, text example, they have reached the text example sheet, and if they want to go back, they will click over here and they will reach here. It is more useful when you have got plenty of sheets and it is very hard for you to navigate over here. So similarly, you can create happening for all those sheets. Let me show you a few more examples of different kind of hyperlinks. So here it is sales data. Now, in the previous video, you have seen that we have created a name for the range with the name was sales underscore figure. So I'm going to create a hyperlink with that particular range name. So right click again, we'll go to hyperlink from here, I will select the option of place in this document, and here you may see the list of defined names that we have created. And I'm going to select, let's say says underscore figure, click on, Okay, the link has been created. The moment I will click here sales data, I will reach to this range, which I have referred to. The next example I'm going to give is going to be of website I want. Whenever user is clicking on this website, the user must reach to my website which is sto.com or whatever website you want to give. So I will select this cell where I want to create a hyperlink. We'll click on Hyperlink. We'll go to existing file or webpage option. Here I can mention the address so I'm typing STTP. You need to start typing with the help of STTP. Remember this and then the complete website, which is sto.com. Click on Okay. And here, the moment you will click on website. You may see By default browser, which was Internet Explorer. With the help of that, that particular website is open. Okay, the next thing is the Pit table file. There is a different Excel file, and to that, I want to create a hyperlink. So in order to do that, I will select the cell will go to Hyperlink. Again, I will go to existing file or webpage. From here, you may locate the location of that particular file. The file which I want to create a hyperlink, it is in this particular folder Excel exercise practice. And here you may see pit able file. Now, it's not necessary that you are creating an hyperlink with Excel file. You can create a hyperlink with any file. It can be Word file, it can be PDF file as well. So here it's pivotable and click on, Okay, the moment I will click over here, you can see that pivotable file is open. The next option is emails. So here, what I want whenever user is clicking on emails, with the help of outlook, he will get the option to send a mail. Select the cell, go to Hyperlink. Here I will select email address. You may see. Here you need to mention the email address. So here, let's say I'm mentioning Sales at the rate in institute.com. Here you may mention the subject line, feedback, and then click on Okay. Now, for this, in your system, outlook need to be there. So the moment you will click over here, outlook application will open and you will get the option to send a mail. Here, unfortunately, outlook is not there, so we are not getting that particular option, but that will work. This is how you need to do it. The last hyperlink option is to create a new file. So I will select the cell. We'll go to hyperlink, and there is this new option of create new document. Now, the new document is going to be Excel file only always. Here is the location. You may go ahead with a change option, you can change the location. However, I am not doing this. So what this option is? Whenever user is going to click on this Create New file, a new file with a specific name will be created. Here you are having the option to give a specific name. So here I'm giving a name, let's say, sales file. That's fine and click on. Okay. The moment you will click over here, create New file, a new file will be created with the name sales file which you have given. So these are all the hyperlink options which you may use in Excel. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 58. Group and Subtotal: Welcome back, friends. In this video, we are going to understand a very simple yet very useful feature, which is group and group and further subtotal option. Now, what is this? I will have to make you explain with the help of an example. Here, the data is not that appropriate. What happens if you have got plenty of column data? Here, it's up to H only or let's say if it is more than then it is very hard to manage. So we can use group option. How you need to do the selection like this where the column is mentioned like ABCD, which is the representation of column. So you need to do a selection from here. Remember, you need not to do the selection from here. This is an incorrect kind of selection. So you will have to do the selection where ABCD is written. So from here, let's say I want to create a group from A till E. So I will do the selection like this we go to data. And from here, you may see a group option. So simply you can click on Group option. Okay, so you may see one, two is coming. One is the first label. If I will click on one, then this is the collapse button. So you may see that this data will be synchronized. And if I will click on this plus button, then you will be able to see this data once again. So this is the first level. This is the second level. Now, let's say, within this particular group, I want to create further subgroup, so I will do the selection like this from B till D and then again, click on group. So further group has been created, you may see now there are three levels, one, two, three. First, second and third. So three labels has been created. Now, from G L, there is another group, so I have made a selection, we'll click on group. Another group has been created, and from I to K, I want to create another subgroup. So I've made a selection and we'll click on group, so another subgroup has been created. Similarly, you can create as many group as you want to according to your data. Now, the good part is if I will click on individually, I can minimize this and can expand this. And if I will click on one, then each and every group is going to be in the minimized manner. Then second second label, the group will expand. And if I will click on three, which is the final label, everything will be expand. So if you have got plenty of data and which is hard to manage, then you can create a group. And after that, let's say you have a work on this second group. So I will minimize this group and I will work on this particular group. Now, how to ungroup this. Now for this, you will have to do a selection similar to what I've shown you. Now, you need to do a selection. You may do an extra column selection. That's not a problem, but you should not do less selection. Let's say if I will do the selection up until L, then the problem there is a problem. So I have made a selection from A up till nine, so that's absolutely fine. I will click on Ungroup. Now we have created on two levels, so still it is there, you may see one and two, then I will click on Ungroup once again. So data is as it was in the initial stage. Now, you can create a group column wise, you can create a group row wise as well. So I've selected this data, let's say, from two row till 12, I will click on group. So you may see group has been created. Now for the subgroup, if I want to create, let's from four till eight, I will select and we click on Group once again. Subgroup has been created. For the subgroup also you can create. I'm not creating this. Hopefully you have understood. Now, if I need to ungroup this, once again, you need to do a selection like this and we simply click on Ungroup. Now, more than grouping and ungrouping, there is one important option which is subtotal, which is being used quite often. Now, this is not an appropriate data to make you understand subtotal. Let me go to a data. Let's say, here it is Sum if. Now, this is an appropriate data, but then again, there is no consistency in this data. You may see what are the filled name? First one is a name then city region employment type. However, in the city, Gugau is there, then Nida, then Deli, then Faridava. But if I will scroll down, you may see Guga once again. So this is not an appropriate data. There should be a consistency in the data, like all the Gurgao should be one after another. What I'm going to do, I'm going to set my cursor over here, going for this sort option like this. Now, once I've done the sorting, you may see all the data has been synchronized. Now, if I want to do a subtotal based on city, so I have created a data consistency in city column. Okay? The next thing what I need to do, my cursor should be within the data anywhere. Then I need to go to subtotal. Now from subtotal it is asking at it change in which particular field. Now, by default, it is selecting the first field which is name. I'm going to do a selection of city because that's the column, which I'm focusing on function, I'm going to use sum and where I want the sum to come, that is in sales unit. So absolutely correct. Rest of the thing will remain as it is, and then click on Okay. Now you may see here all Di deli and here it's Deli total, which is coming. Now again, here it's Faridabad and here you may see FaridabadTtal is coming. So that's a subtotal of city which has been created. Now, here you may see a group has been created one, two, three, on three label. If I'm going to click on let's say two, then you may see all city total. Then if I'm going to click on one, then you may see a grand total, three, it's going to expand. Individually or manually, you can collapse it or minimize it. Okay, now, how to remove this very careful. You should not use ungroup option in order to remove subtotal. Your cursor need to be within the data. Once again, click on Subtotal, and then you need to click Remove all. It's very simple. Now let's say I don't want to create a subtotal based on city, rather, I want to create a subtotal based on region. So my cursor is in region, I'm going for sorting once again. You may go for ascending or otherwise descending order. So I'm going for ascending order. Now, data has been organized based on region. So my cursor is within the data once again, going for the subtotal option. Here rather than city, I'm selecting region and click on, Okay, you may see a subtotal based on region has been created. Now if I will click on second label, you may see or region total is coming. First, grand total and three, everything is expanded. Similarly, you can do it for employment type as well. So these are very useful tool when you are going to organize a data. Let me remove this. Again, clicking on Subtotal, simply clicking on remove all it's going to be removed. So this is how group ungroup subtotal option is being used in Excel. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 59. Filter in Excel: Hello friends. Welcome back. In this particular video, we are going to understand a very important Excel tool which is filter. In order to make you understand I've got this data. In this data, you may see the name of the candidate, contact number, qualification, course, location, and email ID is being mentioned. Now, how to apply filter in this data and why to apply a filter at all. Let's say if I want to get the name of all the candidates whose qualification is MCA, then I can simply apply a filter. So in order to do that, set your cursor anywhere within the data. Go to data and apply filter. And you simply need to click over here, which is filter. You may see filter has been applied. Now in the qualification, I want to know who have done MCA. So I'm going to qualification. Now here it's select, click on select C so that it may deselect, and then select the one which you want to get the result. So here I'm selecting MCA and click on. Okay. So here you may see that all the candidates who have done MCA are listing. Now, where you have applied the filter, you may see a slightly different symbol as compared to the other columns where filter has not been applied. In a single column, you can apply one condition and more than one condition also. Let's say, I'm going to qualification. Apart from MCA, I want to know all the candidates who have done BC as well, so I'm selecting BCA. Okay. And here you may see MCA as well as BCA are coming. Now, I want to know all the candidates who have done qualification, whose qualification is MCA or BCA, and their location is deli. So I will go to this location filled, and from here, let's say I'm selecting Deli. Okay. And here you may see all the candidates whose qualification is BC or MCA, and they are from Deli are coming. Now, how to remove this filter, you need to click over here, and there is this option of clear filter form qualification. Qualification it's taking the fill name. So simply click over here and filter is going to be removed. So this is how filter works. Now, before applying the filter, there is a very important aspect that need to be in your mind. Here I'm removing the filter and let me create a complete Blankro. So I'm creating a blankro in order to demonstrate one very important aspect. And I'm going to set my cursor over here. I'm going to apply a filter. So I have applied the filter, and now I'm going to, let's say, go to qualification. Now, here you may see only four options are coming. Let me select the MCA, and you will see here, two MCAs are coming because the filter has been applied in the above portion only. The portion after the complete blank row, the filter has not been applied. So you have to be very careful while applying the filter in this kind of data. Now, in order to apply filter properly in this kind of data, you will have to do the selection of the data from the column. Here, you may see ABCD, which is representing column. You need to select the data from here like this and go to data and apply filter. Now when you are going to apply filter in this particular manner, it's going to avoid the blank row. And here, to demonstrate, let me show you. I'm going to qualification and I'm going to select MC once again, and you may see the filter has been applied properly. Filter options are not limited to this. There are plenty more options which are available. I to show you, let me go to qualification filter, and here you may see the option of text filter. Now under text filter, there are six options which I'm going to show you what these options are for. However, in place of text filter, you may see the option of number filter as well. So here I'm going to, let's say, contacts where you may see numbers are in abundance, so you may see the option of number filter. Now the question is how it determines whether text filter need to come or number filter need to become. In our data, if there are more text as compared to number, let's say, more than 50%, then text filter option will come over here. However, the number of the total percentage of numbers, if it's more than 50%, then number filter option will come. However, it's not compulsory that if the text filter option is coming, you will not be able to apply a number filter. Even after that, you may go ahead and can apply a number filter. How you will do that, I'm going to show you that. But first of all, let me show you the text filter. So I'm going to qualification, going to text filter, and here it's coming equals, going to equals, and here I'm mentioning, let's say, MCA. So you will see this MCA option is coming. It is equivalent to like we have selected the MCA checkbox. It is equivalent to that only. Let me show you a few more examples. Let's say I don't want to see MCA. So I will go to opposite of it, which is does not equal. I will go to does not equal and give MCA, so you will see apart from MC, everything is coming. Now, here you may see MC pursuing is also coming, but let me tell you that MC pursuing is not equal to MCA. The MCA word is there, of course, but pursuing Word is also there. So it is not equal to MC. Let's say I want to see all the candidates who have done MC and I want to see all the candidates who have done who are pursuing MC as well. Or let's say MCA dropout means MC Word is there. So I will not go to equal to option, rather, I will go to contains options, all the candidates who are containing the word, which is MCA means in their qualification MC Word is there. It may be MCA, it may be MCA pursuing, it may be MCA dropout also. So click on Okay, you may see all the options are coming which contains MCA. This option is very useful. Let's say I'm removing this option. Let's say I want to see all the email IDs which are of Yahoo. Now, in the email ID column option, you may see all the email IDs are mentioned, but it's not going to contain only Yahoo. So equal to option is not applicable here. What I'm going to do I will go to Text filter and we'll go to Contain and we'll select Yahoo. And you will see all the email IDs are coming, which are of Yahoo. Let me remove this. Now, opposite to that, I don't want to see all those candidates whose qualification is MCA or maybe MC pursuing means MCA word is there. I don't want to see those options. So opposite to this, I will not go to contain, rather I will go to does not contain and will select MCA. And here you will see apart from MCA, all the other options are coming. Let me remove this. Now, what are the other options which begins with and ends with? Now, in order to demonstrate this properly, let me go to this first column which contains name. So I want to see all the candidates whose name is starting with the alpha weights, which is M. So I will go here, go to text filter, we'll go to begins with, and we'll select, which is M. So here you may see all the candidates whose name is starting with are coming. Let's say I want to see all the candidates who ending with Y. So I will go to ends with and we'll select, let's say, Y or other type. Click Okay, and here you may see all the names whose names are ending with Y are coming. If I've got multiple condition, let's say all those candidates whose name is starting with, let's say, A and ending with E. So I can do that. I will go to textFilter and we'll go to custom filter. Now in the custom filter, all these options are coming means those options which we have applied, they will come. So let me go to custom filter, and here you will see. First of all, you will have to give the criteria, which is coming as equal. But no, my first condition is begins with. So here I will go to begins with option, okay? Here I will select let's say A, and here I'm going to select ends with option, and here I'm going to select E means all those name which is starting with A and ending with E. Okay, only one name is there, which is Ananashi. Let me try another one. We'll go to customFilter once again. So all those names which are starting with A and let's say end with again, A. Okay. So you may see all the names are coming, which is starting with A and ending with A as well. Okay, so let me remove this particular filter which I have applied. So similarly, you can apply multiple conditions. Now I have told you that if you have got text filter option, which is coming over here, and you want to apply a number filter because you have got numbers also. So how to do that. Here, let me type a number, which is let's say 450 or let's say 550. Okay. Now here, you may see text filter option is coming. Number filter option is not coming. So I'm going to custom filter in order to apply a number filter. Now, here it's coming equals to here you will see an option of greater than is coming, which is a number filter option. And here I'm typing let's say 300. I've applied this, so here you can see it has given me the desired result. So hopefully these options are clear to you. Let me show you a few examples of number filter as well. So here you may see the data which is appropriate for number filter options. So I'm going over here, go to data and apply Filter. Now in the sales option, you may see number filter option is coming directly because number is there in abundance. So in the number filter, first option is coming as equals to. In a number filter, it is not that useful. However, it depends. Many times in the column option, let's say, if division is mentioned and it is mentioned in let's say, one, two, three, first division or second or third division. In that particular kind of data, it is very useful. However, in this kind of data, to show you let me go to equals and we'll go to, let's say, 140119 and here that equal to data is coming. Similarly, if I will go to does not equal and will give the number, all those number will come, which is not equal to that particular number. Now, the useful data is like greater than. I will go to greater than, and let's say I'm giving 45,000. I want to see all those sales which is greater than 45,000. So I've given 45,000 and you may see all those candidates name are selected or has been given here, whose sales is more than 45,000. Similarly, if I will go to Gater than equal to, then it will consider 45,000 as well and greater than 45,000 as well. Then there is this option of less than. So in less than, let's say, I have given 32,000, so you may see all those options are coming, which all those sales options are coming, which is less than 32,000. Similarly, if I will give less than or equal to, then it will consider less than 32,000 and equal to 32,000 as well. Okay, let's move to next option. Here it's coming between, which is very important. So in between, let's say I've selected, I want to see all those sales, which is in 40000-45 thousand. And here, there are only two entries, which is in between 40 45,000. Now, let's say here is this option of top ten. So let me go to top ten now to make you understand. Here, top ten items. Top ten items means top ten values. So here you may see these are the top ten values which is coming. Now, there is another option in order to make you understand, first of all, let me show you another important thing. So here, I'm going to select this data from top to bottom, and you may see this count which is coming as 35. Now, this is very important. In a count, this is 35. Now, what is the 10% of 35? The 10% of 35 is 3.5. Now why I've made you understand this, you will understand. So let me go to number filter. I'm going to top ten. Rather than item, I'm selecting percent. Now, how it works, select it counts. So the counting was 35. Now, it's going to take the percent. Let's say 10% of that particular numbers. So 10% of 35 is 3.5. So it's going to show me top three values like this. Now, if you don't want to see the top 10% or top ten items, you may go for the selection of bottom 10% or bottom ten items as well. Let's say I have selected bottom 10%. So similar formula will be applied. The total count was 35, 10% of 35 is 3.5. So three bottom values will be shown over here. Fine. Next thing is, let's say, I'm going to do the selection of this data once again, and you may see the average, which is 45,113. So if I want to see all those numbers or sales value, which is greater than this particular average, then you may go to this option of above average. And if you want to see the below average, then you may select the below average option as well. So this is how filter is being applied. This is very useful and very easy as well. Now, we are not done with filter. There is another option of advanced filter that we are going to understand in the next video. This is it. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 60. Date and Color Filter: Welcome back, friends. In this video, we are going to understand about the date filter and color filter option as well. So first of all, let's focus into date filter. Now, to make you understand, I have created a column with the name which is DOB, which contains the date of birth of the candidates. One important aspect is the date need to be written in a proper format. Okay. So I have applied the filter. In order to apply the filter, you may go to data and click on filter. So filter has been applied. Before we get into this date filter option, first of all, let me make you understand this. Here you may see in descending order, years are mentioned 1992, 1991. If you want to get the data of any particular year, you may simply select that that is 1989. Okay, and you may see Now, if you want to get any specific month and specific year data, you can do that as well. So in order to do that, go to filter. And let's say I want to get the data of 1987. So here is this 1987, and there is this collapse button, which is a plus symbol. So click over here. So 1987, May I want to get. So I have selected accordingly and click on Okay and you will see those options are coming. So let's understand the option of date filter. In order to do that, let me go to this filter option. Here is this option of date filters. First option is equals to here, you may type the equivalent to date. Here's this option, which is before and after, which is being used quite often. So I will go to before option, and let me show you I'm typing 12th of Jan 1987. So here you may see all the dates which is before this date are coming. Similarly, you may go for the option of after also and you can mention the date. Let me go to this before option and let me convert this into after. Is before? And here it is after. And you may see accordingly result is coming. Similarly, there is this option of between. So you may mention two dates. Here, let's say I'm mentioning 12th of Jan, 1984, and here I'm mentioning 30th of December 1988. So all the dates in between those dates are coming. There are few more options like tomorrow, today, yesterday, next week, this week. Irrespective of year, if we want to get the result in the form of months, then you may go to this particular option, go to date filter, and from here, you may see this option of all dates in the period. Here, you may see the quarter option is also given. You may go ahead and can select this. Quarter one is the first three month of the year. Quarter four is the last three month of the year and respectively. So let's say I want to get the data of April month means who has taken birth in the month of April. So I've selected April. So irrespective of year, all those options are coming. So these are the date filter options, which is being used quite often and is very useful. Now, there is another option of that is filter by color. So let's say, for some reason, on the basis of importance, I have color few of the names, let's say Vishak and Mohit. Similarly, there can be more data similar to this. So I want to select all the data which is colored in yellow color. So here, filter by color, I have selected yellow. So you may see this option is coming similarly filter by color, I've selected this particular one. And if no color is being used, you can go for this particular option also. So this is how date filter can be applied, and color filter can also be applied. In the next video, we are going to understand the advanced filter. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 61. Advanced Filter Option: Welcome back, friends. In this video, we are going to understand advanced filter option. In the previous video, we have understood how filter is being used. Now, what is this advanced filter is? It is generally being used if we want the result in some other parts. Let's say, when we are applying a filter in this particular data, we may get the result over here only. Now, if we want the result, let's say in this particular place or let's say in some other sheets, then we may go for advanced filter option. How to do that. Now, here you may see this advanced option under Data tab, so that will be used. Now, here you may see the data where name, date of birth, contact, qualification, and location is being mentioned. And over here, separately I've mentioned the criteria, which is BA means I want all the data over here whose qualification is BA, that is bachelor in Arts. Okay, so you need to set your cursor over here anywhere in between the data, then you need to click on advanced when you will do this, you will see that it has automatically selected the data, and here you will see A until F 342 data has been selected. Now the next option that we need to give is the criteria range. So set your cursor over here and select the criteria range like this because our criteria is qualification B, and that is being written separately that we have made the selection. The next is a copy to option. You may see it's inactive because here, filter the list in place option is only coming. However, I want the data to be placed in somewhere else. So I will select this option of copy to another location. Set your cursor over here. Now, set the cursor where you want the data to come. So I've selected this particular cell over here and going to click on Okay and you may see now here you may see all the BA data has been listed over here or we have got this data. Now, let me show you another example. Now, here we have got two criteria. First is the qualification which is BTEch and the location is we are looking for this deli. So again, I'm going to set my cursor over here. We'll go to Advanced option Copy to another location, List range, it has made the selection automatically. Criteria range, I'm selecting this for cell, which contains the criteria. Copy two, I'm going to set my cursor over here, and here I want the data to come and click on Okay, and we have got the result. You may see the qualification as BTEch and location as deli. All those data we have caught. Okay, so let me show you one more example. Here I'm going to show example for the date. Here, I'm looking for the data whose date of birth is first, 11 1990 more than this means who have taken birth after this particular period. So again, I am going to set my cursor over here. We'll go to Advanced option. List range, it has made the selection, copy to another location. Criteria range, I'm going to do the selection like this. Copy to, I want this data to come over here and click on, Okay, you may see. After 1990, that is first, sorry, 11th of January 1990, all those data has came. Okay, I'm going to show one example of number filter as well. Let's say in this sales data, I want all those data, which has got sales value of more than 50,000. So I'm going to set my cursor over here. We'll go for advanced list range, it has made the selection, copy to another location. Okay, criteria range. This is the criteria. Copy to here and click on Okay, and we have got the result. Now, if you have got the duplicacy in your data, while doing this, you may select this option of unique records only. However, in my data, I have got unique records only. It is not being required, so I have avoided this. Now, let me show you one more important aspect of now here you may see the qualification is given us MCA, so that data I want here. So in order to do that, let's say I'm here, selected this data, going for advanced, it has made the selection, copy it to another location. Now it's asking for the criteria range, so I came here. I've selected this as a criteria range and copy two, I have selected this one. Now, it needs to generate an error. You may see you can only copy filter data to the active sheet. Now, why this error is coming, while applying this particular tool, this inquiry sheet was activated. How? Because my cursor was here, which was in Inquiry sheet. So this sheet is being considered activated. However, it is possible to get the result over here. So for this, your cursor need to be here. Then you need to go for advanced option. Now, list range it's asking for. So I'm going to Inquiry and I'm selecting this data. So I've made the complete selection by pressing Control A, Okay, now criteria range. So for this, I'm coming here and I've made a selection of these two cells, which is containing the criteria. Now copy two, set my cursor over here and selection of this particular cell and click on. Okay. So you may see that result is coming over here. So this is how advanced filter option is being used. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 62. Chart Preperation in Excel : Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand how to prepare a chart. Now, chart is a very important concept because with the help of chart, you can present your data in a better manner. There are many types of charts. However, right now, our focus would be to create the chart on a basic level and then to understand all its elements because there can be many tricks and tips. However, the first part is to learn the basics. Not only we will learn the basic in this particular video, we will also go through all the important elements which is being provided. So we are going to consider a chart where all the elements are available. So here is the data, and you will see that there is a merged cell. There are two merge cell in fact. This one is the merde cell. This one, again, is the merged cell. And this is also a rd cell. I have merged two of the rows. Intentionally, I have taken this kind of data. You will understand it later on. Okay. So now, first of all, let me do the selection. So you will have to do the selection of the data with which you want to create the chart. So I made the selection. Next step is to go to Insert. So let me click on Insert tab. Now, once you have clicked on Insert, you will get to see this charts group. Now, all the charts are available here, all the important charts are visible in front of you. In fact. There is this amazing option which is known as recommended charts, and this particular option has been made available after 2010 version only. Now, what it does on the basis of data, it's going to recommend you the chart. Now, you know what is the most important task while creating the chart? That is to choose the chart on the basis of what kind of data it is. It comes with the experience also, and it depends upon your understanding of the data as well. However, Excel has made things easy for you by giving this option, which is known as recommended chart. So I have already selected the data. Let me click on recommended chart. And here the first recommendation is the clustered bar chart. This is how it look like. This is the second recommendation. This is the third recommendation, fourth recommendation. Initially one, two, three, uptil fourth label is going to recommend you well, you will have to select it from there. Now, here is the option of recommended charts. Just after that, you can see this particular option of all charts. Let me click on all charts, and here you will get to see all the charts. Here, you can choose whatever chart you want to represent your data. Let me cancel this. It's the same option you will get to see over here also. So this is the display box launcher for charts group. Let me click over here. And again, you will get to see the same option. Here are the shortcuts for the popular charts. So here I want to represent this with the help of two D column chart. So here is the two D column chart, and that's the chart I'm looking for. Let me select this. And here you can see chart has been created. So it is that easy to create a chart. Now, first of all, let's understand this chart. Now, here you can see the figures starting from ten AC. I'm sorry, it is one lack, two lack, three lack and so on upt six lack. Now, this particular axis is known as vertical axis. And here is where shampoo hand wash it is mentioned, it is known as horizontal axis. So I have selected this. This is horizontal axis, and this is vertical axis. Now, over here, you can see it is showing us that blue color is representing sales report of NOIDA. Red color is representing deli, and this green color is representing the cost. Here you can see only NOIDA deli, and cost should have been mentioned. But here, it is coming sales report, which it has taken from here, then sales in Rupee city wise, it has taken from here, then NOLA. How to rectify this, we will see that not be an issue. However, this particular component is known as legend. Now, over here, if I'm going to select this, I've selected right now Noida. So here you can see it is highlighted. If I will click over here, you can see deli is highlighted. And if I will click over here, you can see because it is very careful, we will have to click. Let me click over here. Okay. Now here you can see cost is selected or highlighted. Now, what are the? These are called series. Now, when I've selected this, look at the formula bar, you can see the series formula. You need not to worry. You need not to apply this particular formula. However, these are known as series. And this is the chart title. Apart from this, we can get vertical access title and horizontal access title as well. This is how our charts look like. Here you can decrease or increase the size of the chart as per your requirement. Apart from this, this is the chart. You can do the copy. Let's say I'm pressing Control C for copy. After that, you can paste it anywhere. Right now, I'm in sheet three, I'm pressing Control V, and it has been pasted over here. If you need to delete this, you need to select this, click on Delete, and it's going to be deleted. So this is very easy to move anywhere, not only in Excel or not only in this particular file, you can copy this and paste it into PowerPoint also. You can paste it in MS Word as well. And there also, you can use it. Okay, now let's come to the element first of all. One by one, we will understand the element components, and so few of the problems which you may see in this particular chart, that will be resolved automatically. But there can be some problems which will not resolve after this particular part, but definitely that will be resolved, and you will understand how to do that. Now, what are the problems? First, legends are not coming properly. We don't have the horizontal and vertical aces title. Title has not been taken automatically over here, it is coming as chart title. I need to type it by myself. Also, here you can see because cost here you can see cost is competively very low, so it is not getting represented properly. So there are solution to all these problems. First of all, let's understand all the elements one by one. Okay, you need to select the chart. The moment you will select the chart, then only here, you will get to see this chart design option, format option. So these are the tabs which are related to chart. Apart from this, you will get to see this plus symbol, and this is the element part of it. Re Let me click over here. And here you can see chart elements. Now, first of all, here you can see access option is by default ticked. Access means vertical axis and horizontal axis. If I'm going to remove this, you will get to see the no option that we are getting. There is no vertical axis and horizontal axis in the data now. I want that, so I'm going to take this. Now let me go to this particular arrow option under Xs. Now, once I will do that, I will get to see this primary horizontal axis, horizontal means. This particular axis where shampoo, hand wash, these things are written. Now, if you want to remove this, you can remove here you can see. Now I want this. If you want to remove the vertical one, you can remove it from here. So this is how it's working. Next is access title. As I've told you, there is no title, no vertical or horizontal access title. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to click over here, and you will be seeing these titles are coming. This is the horizontal title, and this is the vertical title. However, you are having a option to giving the horizontal axis or maybe vertical axis from here. If you want to give any one of it. If you want to give horizontal, you need to take over here, you can see only horizontal title is visible. If you want to give vertical, then you need to check this and you can see only vertical option is coming. Let me click over here because I want both, and I'm going to select this. You will have to type this manually. Now, what this horizontal axis is representing, it's representing product. So I'm typing product. Now, let me come over here what this access title is representing This representing sales as well as cost. However, that is represented in rupees, so I'm mentioning in Rupees. If you want to design this, if you want to increase the size of it or anything as such, you need to go to the format. I've selected this. You need to go to format after this. Now, once you are in format, you can see you can give the format option. Apart from this, this is the text fill option if you want to fill the color. So this is the fill option, actually. Apart from this, these are the color option of text. And there are a few more options. However, I will come to the format part later on, but these are few changes that you can do. However, let me give the chart title as well. So over here, I want to give the chart title, let's say sales report. However, if you don't want to give the chart title, you can come over here. You can remove this option by clicking over here. Now giving the chart title, you are having two options. First option is above chart, which is right now activated. Another option is centered overlay, so it will come like this. You can see that. However, I want above chart only, let me come here and I'm going to give the title, which is sales report. Okay. Now looking much better. I have given the chart title. Next is data labels. Now what is data labels? Here you can see the legends are representing and we need to guess how much figure that is. If we will talk about hand wash NIDA figures, then it is somewhere around four lack 20 something like that. Also, if you will hover over eight like this, you will get to see the exact value figure. However, I don't want to see manually every series like this, so I can go for the option of data labels. So the moment I will click over here, you will get to see the figures are mentioning. Okay, now under data labels, also, how you want to represent the figures is going to be a verb series like this. You want to represent this in center or inside and Inside base, outside and data call out like this. Whatever option you want to give you can. Most of the time we go for outside and option. Also very important aspect. Let me remove this and I'm going to select the series which represent NODA only. You need to click on any of the series which represent NORDA which is blue in color. I'm selecting this. After that, I'm going to data labels and I'm going for outside. Okay. Now I'm selecting this which represent deli. I'm going for data labels and now I'm going for center. Why I'm doing this Because initially you have seen when I've selected outside and for every series, then it was overlapping. I don't want that even though here also however here also, you can see some sort of problem. However, you can move it manually also like this if the problem is there only in one or two product. Okay. So this is one important aspect of it. So this is how you can give the labels. Now, what about data table? It is a very important option and very good one also. If I'm selecting data table, then data will be represented in this manner where we have got the values also. However, we have got the chart as well. Now, under data table also we have got two options. The one option is with legend key. By legend key, we means this particular color option, which is blue, red and green. If we will go with no legend keys, these legend keys will not be visible. As far as space is concerned it's not making much impact, so I'm selecting with legend key. However, when I've selected this particular option, because this particular text is big, it's not looking that good, you can increase the chart size so that it may look good. Let me remove this right now because we have understood this particular option. Apart from this, the important option is grid lines. So here you can see the lines. So these are called grid lines. If you don't want grid lines, you can again remove this. Now you can see there are no lines in this particular chart. While giving the grid lines, also, there are many options like primary major horizontal line. So that's a line which comes by default like this. Another option is primary minor horizontal here, the gap will be less. You can see that. Apart from this, you can go for the option of primary major apart from this, you can go for the option of primary major vertical and primary minor vertical as well. So whatever option you want to choose, you can Finally, there is this option of legend. Now, I have already told you we call this a legend. Now, you can represent the legend downwards right now it is in the bottom. You can represent it in the top. You can represent this in the left side and in the right side also. Most of the time I represent this in the right side only like this. However, if you don't want to use legend, you can remove this as well. Let me select the bottom option. Apart from this, there is this trending option you can see finally. Now, I'm selecting this particular NOIDA series. After that, if I'm selecting trending, so it will show me the trend of NODA sales, which is downwards. So these are all the chart elements which has been presented to us. There are many more options that we will learn later on. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 63. Designing and Format Chart: Come back students. So in this video, we are going to understand a few more options related to chart. Up till now, we have understood all the elements which are available when you are creating a chart. Now, our focus is into the particular tab, which is known as chart design. Now, this particular tab will be visible if you have selected the chart. Let's say my cursor is outside the chart, so this particular option is not going to be visible. So no need to worry. You just need to select the chart, and this particular option will come. Now there are few important options that need to be understand. Now the first option that I'm going to make you understand is about the chart element. We have already done that. Now, here is the plus symbol, and there's a chart element. If I'm going to click over here, we will get to see many options that we can use, and we can use it to customize the chart. We have already seen that. Now, that's the same option that we are getting here. Okay. Apart from this, there is this option of quick layout. Now, we have learned that how to customize the chart with the help of element. Now, one by one, we can take care of all the elements and we can design the chart according to our need. However, if you are in a hurry, then this is the option for you, which is quick layout. Let me go over here. And here you can see there is this option of various kind of option. And if you are going through the layout preview, then you will be able to understand a bit. Let's say I'm setting my cursor over here. Now, what this particular layout is, there's going to be title, there's going to be vertical and horizontal title. You can see that. Apart from this, you can see the legend is represented in the right side. So that's one of the layout. Now, whenever you are going to set your cursor on any of the layout, you will be able to see how your chart will look like. So if any of this layout is going to serve your purpose, you can simply select this and can save your time. Okay, I'm not going to use it. Now, apart from this, um, Okay, let me go for the layout options where legends are represented bottom. I'm going to select this so that this particular portion is going to be more visible. Okay, fine. Now, let me go to this third option, which is the change color options. Now, there is a particular color scheme in this particular chart, and the color scheme is that here it is representing NEDA means this particular blue bar. Here it is representing deli and this is representing cost means this green bar. You can change these color schemes one by one by going to the format. I will tell you how to do that. But right now there is this option of change color. Now, what this particular function will do is, let's say I've selected this chart completely, and after that, if I'm going for change color, so there are various options. Let's say I'm setting my cursor over this particular color. So this is not only the color which I've selected. This is actually a color scheme. So when I've selected this, you can see the difference in the chart. The color scheme is totally different. So you can move your cursor over whatever color suits you and accordingly, you can select that also. Now, the first option over here is a colorful option. So if I'm going to select this one, all the 3 bars are represented in three different colors. So this is the colorful option. Now, this is the second option which is monochromatic. What is this? Here, the color scheme is going to be a single color. Let me select this. And here you can see all this is the part, actually, the single column. And here you can see the first one is represented in more dark color. The second one, which is deli is represented a bit light color and the cost is represented in very light color. So if I'm going to set my cursor over here, accordingly, you can see the difference. Okay? It is more or less based on the value. The less value is going to be, it's going to be light in color. The more value it's going to be, it's going to be dark in color. So this is the change colors option. I found it very useful. Now, apart from this, there's this option of chart style. Let me go over here, and these are the chart predefined styles which are available. Let's say I'm going for this particular style. According to you can see the chart is looking a bit different. So these are the chart styles options. So whatever option you wish to use, you can do that. Like I've selected this and you can see now it is represented in a different manner. Now the next option is switch row column. This again, a very useful tool. What's going to do? It's going to happen in a single click, but before that, let me explain it to you. Here you can see shampoo hand wash and all the products are mentioned, and this can be considered as column. Here, this is the legend, which is showing us that what particular bar is representing what. We can consider that as a row. Whenever I'm going to click over here, this particular place is going to be switched with the legend. The legends are going to be represented over here, and whatever is available in the column is going to be represented in legend. Let me click over here, and here you can see. Now the products are represented in legends and cities and cost are represented over here. It is also looking good because in this kind of data, this is also suitable. However, let me get back to our normal chart. The next option is select data. Now, I have created this chart from this particular data. Let's say I want to change the data, then I can simply click over here, select data. And now I'm selecting only this data Util sunscreen. So it's going to represent this particular chart accordingly. You can see the difference. It is represented up til sunscreen only. Let me press Control Z. The next option is change chart type. This is also very important. Here, the chart is represented like this. If I'm going to click over here, change chat type. And let's say I want to represent this chart in a line chart manner. So I have clicked on line. Let me go over here and I'm going to select this particular chart option. Let me click on Okay, and here you can see the difference. Now, here the last option is move chart. What it's going to do? Let me click over here. Now, here the first option is new et. Means if I'm going to select this and this is a chart one. Now a new sheet with the name chart one is going to create, and this chart will be moved over there. You can change the name like I have simply given the name chart sales, and I'm going to click on Okay. Now here you can see a new sheet has been created. Let me tell you specifically, this is a chart sheet, actually. And over here you can see the chart has been moved. Now, if I will get back to my sheet, which is bar sheet where we were practicing this, you can see the chart has been moved. However, this particular object, which is the chart, it's very easy to copy paste anywhere. Not only in Excel sheet, you can copy and paste it in docs also means in document and in PowerPoint as well. So I'm going to do Control C for copy. I'm coming over here, I'm going to press Control V, and over here, I've got my chart. This is the first move option that I've made you understand. Now, there are a few more options into this, so I'm going to explain this to you also. Going to select this, going for chart design, once again, move chart. Now, what is this option is Object in means where this particular object is right now. It is in bar means over here. Now, you want to move this object into which particular sheet you can select that. Let's say I'm selecting sheet one, which is this one and going to click on Okay and you will find that this chart has been moved to sheet one. However, I don't find it very useful. The reason is, as you have seen, that I can do the copy paste of this particular object, which is the chart very easily. So I don't find it very useful. However, you can use it wherever it is required. Now, let me go to the format option. Now in the format, I can format this particular chart. I'm going to select this chart, and over here you can see I can give it a border or different chart styles if I'm going to select this one. So this particular chart style has been applied. Actually, these are all shape related option, and it is considering this chart as a shape, and whatever options are available in shape, in order to do the customization that is available in chart also. So this is how it look like. Now, apart from this, this is the option of shape fill. Now I'm selecting this, going for shape film, I'm going to select this color and you can see the difference. Apart from this, in the shape film only there is this gradient options. You can go for this if you wish to, and you can give the picture also. If I'm going for picture option, then from a file, let me go to Dktop select this one. Now, it's not looking much impressive, but this is how you can insert an image if you wish to. Here it is not suitable, but this is how it needs to be done. Apart from this, there's this option of texture, so you can use a different texture as well. Let me press Control Z because I don't want to use this. Apart from this, there's this option of shape outline. Again, you may choose any color you want to. After that, there is this option of weight. Let's say I'm going for this particular option, which is 4.5 point. This is actually a width and you can see it is quite visible. Also, these are the type of lines like this is the kind of line if you want to use, you can use that. Also, there is this option of des line as well. Okay. So these are the options if you want to use, you can. Now, I've selected this complete chart, and I've considered that as an object, and after that, I've applied this option. Now this particular chart is divided into various part like this is the complete whole chart. Now, these are the bars. This is representing NIDA the cost. So these are different objects. This is the legend. This is the title. And if I'm using a vertical and access title, those are, again, a different object. What I mean to say, let's say I'm selecting this. So what I've selected now, I've selected NOIDA bars. Now, whenever I'm going to select an object, specifically, I'm talking about bar, then it's going to do a different kind of selection in two to three times. Let's say, I've selected this. Now, what has been selected? All the bars which are representing NORDA are selected. You can see that. So I'm going for this particular option, and I'm changing the color. Let's say I'm changing to this particular color. You can see the difference. So whatever object you are going to select, all the options which I have told you, you can applied it in a single object also. Not compulsory on a whole chart. Like, I have not applied this particular color scheme into this whole chart, but rather into this bar which is representing NOIDA. Now, this is the one point selection I have clicked and this has been selected. If I'm going to click it again, then you can see now only this particular bar is selected, which is representing hand wash of NOIDA. The rest of the bars are not selected. Now, if I'm going to change the color of it, let's say I'm changing the color to this, only this color has been changed. When you are selecting a bar, it's going to do the selection as I've told you, two to three points. Hopefully you have understood this. Now, these are the important options which are there in the tab in chart design and format. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 64. Chart Customization Part 1: Welcome back students. So in this video, we are going to understand a few more options in chart. Specifically, I'm going to solve a problem. Now, in this particular chart, you can see here, the purple color is representing NIDA. Here, this one is representing Deli, and the small bars are representing cost. However, the small bars of cost are not very evident, and we are not being able to understand it because it is very low. Here also in the actual data, you can see the cost figures are comparatively very low as compared to the sales figure of NIDA or Deli region. So here, one solution to this could be, we can create a secondary axis. Now, this is the primary axis where it is represented means the figures. I can create a secondary excess over here in the right side. How to do that. You need to select the bar on which basis, you want to create the secondary aces. That is very important. I've selected cost, right click and after that, you need to go to Format Data Series. Now, I've done this. Now over here, you can see primary excess is coming. So I'm going for secondary aces. You can see the preview, and you must be thinking that it's overlapping. Of course, it is doing this, but there is a solution to that also. Let me close this now, what's the solution to this? Here, two of the things means the sales figure of NIDA and deli are represented in bars. However, this is cost, which is different from both of them. So I want to represent it in line. So how you can do this, you need to select the cost bar once again, right click and go for change series chart type. Now, once you have done this, you can see here, sales report, this again sales reports and this is the sales report sales. This is actually the cost figure, you can see Okay, which is representing in green color. Over here, it is coming as clustered column. Go over here and let's say I want to represent this in line, as I've told you, I'm going to select this one. You can see the preview and click on Okay. So it is much suitable. Now, one should not confuse this particular line figures with this particular representation, which is the figure in the primary axis. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to select this particular line going for elements, we have already done this PO, and let me go to data labels, and I'm selecting the data labels for this line only, so that there should not be any confusion. So you can see we have got the solution to our problem. However, what we have learned, we have learned how to create the secondary axis if it is required. And the second thing that we have learned that all the series need not to be represented in the same manner. We can choose the chart type according to our requirement. Like here you may see Noida and Deli, sales are represented in bars. However, cost is represented in line. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 65. Chart Customization Part 2: Welcome back, students. So in this video, I'm going to solve another major problem, and we would be learning a very good option to customize the chart as per your need. Okay, so in this particular chart, everything is looking fine. However, the representation of legend, you can see here, is not proper because it is coming a sales report sales in Rupi city wise NIDA. So this particular text is not appropriate or correct, we can say, because we have created this chart by selecting this particular data, and here you can see sales report. So it is picking up from here, sales report, sales in Rupee citywide, then NOIDA then deli and then cost. However, NOIDA is sufficient over here. Di is sufficient over here, or cost is sufficient over here or whatever you want to. So how to go about this. So for this, you need to select the chart, go to chart design. We have already seen the usefulness of select data. We can change the data from which the chart has been created. However, it is more than that. So let me go to select data. Now from here, you can see sales report sales in rupees means that particular text is coming, and these are the legend entries. So you need to select the particular legent which text you want to change. Then go to edit. Now, from here, you need to give the series name. Now, other series name, you can see the whole area is selected. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to remove this and I'm going to select only this, which is NIDA. Okay. Next, let me click on Okay. And over here you can see now only ND is coming and you can see the difference over here also. Only NDA is coming. Okay. Let me go over here. Let me go to edit. And as a series name, again, I can delete this and I can select deli. However, if you want to give anything by yourself, you can do that as well. What I'm going to do, I'm going to type by myself. So here, let's say I'm typing sales deli. And I'm going to click on Okay. And here you can see sales deli is coming. So there are two options. You can select the cell which contains the text, or you can type it by yourself. Now, let me go to this one again. Let me go to the edit. I'm going to select Cost. Going to click on. Okay. And here you can see, now it is showing in this particular manner, which is much better. Let me go to select data once again. Now here, you can change its sequence also. NIDA is representing first and then deli and the cost is representing in line. I want deli to show first. What I can do, I can select, let's say, deli if I want to move it above, then this is the option which is move up and it has been moved up. You can see similarly, you can move down this also. So as per your need, you can make the changes. Let's say I don't want to show cost, so you can simply uncheck this, click on. Okay, it's not going to show. Let me go to select data once again. I'm going to select this. If you want to delete any of the legend permanently, then you can simply do the selection, click on remove, and it's going to be removed. You can see here. Okay. However, I don't want this, so I'm going to cancel this. Now there are a few more options. Let me go to select data. I'm going to take this now, there are a few more customized options as far as this product representation is concerned, means whatever is there in this horizontal axis. Shampoo hand wash. This is how it is getting represented. I can go to edit and I can select a different text altogether, which is mentioned in the cell, or you can type it by yourself. Let's say, here I want this to represent a B, you need to use C like this. That much would be sufficient to make you understand. Let me click on, and here you can see the difference. However, I want it to be represented with the help of product name only. Let me go to the edit. What I'm going to do select this, do the selection of the cells which contains the name. Going to click on, and here you can see. So this is the customized option. You can customize everything into this. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 66. Pie Chart in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we would be focusing on Pie chart. Now, in the previous videos, we have seen all the functionalities of chart. Intentionally, I have chosen column chart or you may say bad chart. The reason is being most of the functionality can be covered. Now, as far as pie chart is concerned, it's a round shaped chart. And here, not lots of data representation is possible. Means the data series has to be a single series. For example, if we will talk about a chart over here that we have created, we have got many components like we have got the sales figure of Neida, deli, and cost. Uh, however, this kind of data can't be represented through Pie chart because Pie chart is meant for percentage. Means what is the contribution of, let's say, shampoo, hand wash, and all, but we can represent only single series. Maybe we can choose NIDA or deli or maybe cost only. Okay, let's come to this particular figure. Here we have got only single figure, and it's not the same data. Data is a bit different. Here executives names are mentioned and how much sale they have done that is mentioned. So we need to represent it. And because it's a single series data, it can be represented with the help of Pie chart very easily. Now, how to do that, first of all, you will have to do the selection of data. Then you need to go to Insert. And from here, you can see all the charts option. Now our focus is on Pie chart. We can click over here in order to get all the recommended chart options. However, our Intended chart is over here only, you can see the round circle option. That's a pie chart. So let me click over here. These are the options which are available. This is the three D Pie chart you can create. These are the two D pie chart. This is Pi of Pi and this particular option is bar of Pi. Pi of Pi and bar of Pi, functionality is same. So I will make you understand any one of it. First of all, let me select a simple TD Pie chart. So the pie chart has been created. You can see its title is sales in Rupees February 2013. Here you may see that it has taken the title by itself, but it's not the appropriate one because the appropriate one is not even mentioned over here. So let's say I'm mentioning sales data. That would be sufficient. Okay, now here you can see, with the help of color, executive contributions are mentioned. If we will look into this, we will be able to understand this particular colored option, which is green has major contribution, then this particular color also, which is blue in color. Okay, pardon me for the color name because I'm poor in that. Anyway, so it is not that much understandable. So we have got elements. So let me click on chart elements. Now, we don't have so much option over here. Few options are only there chart title, you can give. There are two ways above chart, centered overlay, and you may go for some more options also, not that much relevant. Okay, the legend position, this is the legend where Shantanu Ravi utam all these executives names are mentioned with the help of color schemes. That is, if you don't want, you can remove this, if you want, you can take this. You can change the position of it by coming over here. Let's go to this error option. Where you want this legend to come, you can select this. We have already seen that. Now, apart from this, this is a very important option, which is data labels, we were looking for that. So data labels positions are also mentioned over here. You want the label to come in the center, which is not so much appropriate one inside and outside end is the most preferable one as far as my choice is concerned. This is best fit option. Then again, there is no consistency if you will go for Best Fit, so I don't use this option. The next one is my favorite, which is data callout like this. It's going to show in a percentage, so I use it quite a lot. So I'm selecting, let's say, outside end. Apart from this, you can see the chart style, there are many chart style options. So whatever option you may feel like, you can select that. There are options where you can choose when it's going to represent the percentage as well as figures, like you can see in the screen. Okay, however, I'm going to keep it as it is. Also, you may go for this quick layout option also. Here you can also see these options are there where you can represent this with the help of percentage or maybe figures. Now, again, I'm going to keep it as it is, as I've told you. Now, these are the things in chart, but there are few things that you can do. Let's say this particular figure is completely different from other means the figures of Kavita and you want to mention it separately. Let's say all executives are in house, and this is outsource executive, which is Kavita, you want to mention it separately. So what you can do, uh, now, how you can select one particular component of chart. So you need to click like this. You can see the complete circle is selected. Then you can do a click once again. Okay. Now you can see only this particular portion is selected, which is representing Kavita. Now, you can just select this and move it a bit outside like this. And here you can see it's serving our purpose, and it is showing that this particular executive is not, let's say, in house and it's outside. Overall, it's saying us that it's different from the others. Let's move on to our next type of pie chart, and that is very interesting. Uh Let me do one thing. I'm going for change chart type. And I'm going for this particular chart type Pi of Pi, or I may go for this bar of Pi also. So which one to pick? Let's say I'm selecting here Pi of Pi fine and let me click on Okay. So here you can see the chart representation is a bit different. First of all, let me add this into this particular chart. I don't want to distinguish this particular executive right now, which is Kavita, fine. So how it is working. Over here, you can see that these are the figures one, two, three, four, which are representing over here and the fifth one is over here, and it can be considered as others and in others, three entries are there. How it has picked it, it has picked it on the basis of position. What I mean, here you can see Amed Kavita, and Sharmta. These last three entries are represented over here and it is being considered as let's say others. Let me go to this chart design and I'm going for quick layout. And let me choose the option where it's going to be more clear. So I'm selecting this particular option, which is having the name as well as it's having the percentage also. Now, apart from this, another change that I want to do, I'm going for data labels, selecting outside and Okay, it's a much better representation. However, there are a few changes that I want to do. So what I can do, I can select the chart, then do the right click, go for format data series. Now, these are the series options and split series by means this split section they are talking about split series by position. Position means what its position. I've already told you the last three entries are being depicted over here. You can change it. You can change it to four. You can change it to invent two. That's up to you. The most appropriate one is three. That's fine. Now, what other options are there? So apart from position, you may choose value, which is the most appropriate one. So I'm selecting value. Now under value, you can see value less than one actually it's coming. So over here, these figures are one stance 100,000 10,000 lack. These are in lacks actually. That's fine. So what I'm going to do, I can mention two lack, fine, two, one, two, one, two, three. Okay, fine. The moment I have split the series with the help of values and the value I have given, which is two lag, you can see the changes. Now Sham, Shermta and hantunu are being mentioned over here. If we will look at the figure of Sham, which is one lack 79,400, which is less than Tag, of course, Shermsta over here, you can see, again, it is less than Tack if you talk about Shantunu of course, it is less than Tag. So that's the reason these are depicted over here. So more reasonable, I can say, now a few more options are there. Apart from value, you may go for percentage value also. So if I'm selecting percentage value, you can mention the percentage, and let's say I'm mentioning 20%. And all the executives who have the contribution less than 20% in our overall sale are going to be mentioned over here. You can see that Okay. I'm going for value only. The last option is a custom one, let me go to the custom. Now it's going to work. So let me select Ravi. Fine, it's not been selected yet. Let me do the click once again. Now it is selected. And here you can see point belongs to which is second plot, and I'm going to change it to First plot. RV will be shifted towards the first plot like this. Similarly, if I need to move anything over here, let's say I want to move the figure of Kavita, over here in the second plot. So here you can see it is showing the first plot, so I'm changing it to second plot. So this is the custom option. You may go for this custom option as well. I'm going to select the value only, which is more appropriate one. If you have distinguished any particular portion of your pie chart, then you may go for this point explosion, and if you are going to mention the percentage, then it will look distinguished. Now, what is this gap width? If I'm going to decrease the gap width, it will not look much good. It depends upon what kind of representation you are doing. Um, like over here, it is more appropriate. It's more or less the gap between these two plot, we can see. Now, this is very important 1 second plot size. So second plot size is over here big. So I'm going to decrease the second plot size like this, which is, I think, more suitable. So let me close this. So these are the options related to Pi and Pi of Pie chart. Hopefully you've understood this properly. This it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 67. Quick Analysis and Chart Recommendation: Welcome back students. In this video, I'm going to discuss about the new feature in Excel, which is known as quick Analysis. Now, through Quick analysis, it's not like you are using something new. Means it's going to use same conditional formatting chart or let's say you are creating a table or you are doing some, but it's going to suggest you on the basis of data. Let's say I have selected this particular data, the moment you will do the selection of value based data mostly, you will get to see this option. Here you can see the symbol. Let me set my cursor over here and here you will get to see quick Analysis shortcuts, Control plus Q. You can click now, once you will click, you will get to see these few tabs option. First one is a formatting, which is conditional formatting, then charts, totals, tables and spark lines. Right now we are in formatting and let's see if I'm going for this particular option, I'm not going to select this, you can see in the background how it's affecting the data. That's a data bars, and here you can see it is showing that based on value, the bars are completely filled if the value is high, otherwise, it's low. Apart from this, you may go for this color scheme. You may go for this icon set option as well. This is the greater than option. Again, this is the top 10% option and whatever formatting you have applied, you can clear that as well with the help of this. Now let me go to the chart. Now, in the chart, it's going to recommend the chart to you based on the data. So here you can see clustered, this is scattered, this is line. So you can go for whatever kind of chart you want to drag into this data. Now, apart from this, you can see this option of totals and I can click over here in order to get a few more options. Here, let's say I want to use sum or average here you can see the result which is coming over here. Let's say I want to get some, so I'm clicking on some and go on are the days when you need to do it manually and here you can see you can get the sum. So that's how it work, and that much of a ease is going to provide. Now, apart from this totals, there is this option of table means you can convert this particular data into table by simply click over here, and you can go for the option of sparklines. So there are three spark lines overall, and let's say I want to represent this data in this particular sparkline. So that's how it's going to represent. Fine. Let me press Control Z. Now, apart from this, while you have made a selection of data, there is analysis and you can go for the chart option over here. It's going to suggest. However, there's a recommended chart option as well. So for this, let me open the data first. Here I've got the data. I'm going to do the selection. We'll go to insert and here you can see the option is coming off recommended chart. I can click over here and I will get the recommendation based on this data. This is the first recommendation, second, third, and in whatever manner I want to present it, I can. After that, definitely manually, I can do some changes if I wish to. This is all about quick analysis and recommended chart options. These are the things introduced by Excel in order to make things easy for us. As I always say, the more advanced the version is, the more easy for you to work. This is it for the video, thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 68. Power Map in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to understand very important concept which has been introduced in the latest version of MS xL. Now you will get to see one or the other version of it in let's say in 2016, but later on 2019 and in 365, it has been more improved and has been improved up to the level where we can practically use it. Here, I've got a few states and we have got the sales data. That's a dummy data to demonstrate how these things work. So your Cerson need to be within the data anywhere, not outside within the data. Then you need to click on Insert, and from here, you can insert the map. So here you can see map option is coming, so you need to click and there is only one option and you can go for this filled map option. So let me click. Okay. Here we have got our map. If you wish to change the title, you can here, let's mentioning sales data. Now here a few options are there. Let's say if you want to change the style to this one, you can or this one. Overall four layouts has been given. Whichever you like, you can use it. Now here in a small letter, it is written powered by Bing, that's not the Google map actually, that's the map generated by Bing actually. Uh, fine. Now, apart from this, let's say, I've got the states of India, so that's the reason it is giving me the India map. If you have got, let's say, some district of one particular states and the sales figure of that. That's going to generate the map of that particular state. If you have got the list of various countries rather than states, then it's going to generate the map, and that's going to be the world map. So this is how these things works. This one of the option, let me delete this. I'm going to select this, click on delete so it will be deleted. Now another map option is the three D version. Here you can go for three D map, open three D map. Here is this. Let me select this. It's going to open a separate window altogether, and here you can see it's the three D map. Here you can represent it with the help of let's say this one column figure, it's coming like this. Here is going to be a bit different. Again, here you can see dots are coming and here you can see some small patches. Now, if you have got a world map that is more suitable means three D version is more suitable in World map because then you can move it like this globally, quite cool and that's how it will look like. You can come to the setting of this play. You can select the scene duration means it's going to be for 10 seconds or how long. You can give the scene name, transition, duration you can give. You can increase or decrease it. If you want to give any effects, let's say I'm giving a circle. Now effect speed is I'm okay with here if you want to change the Mp tag, you can change that as well. Fine. So I've done the changes and let me click on play. Now, here you can see round it is moving. Great. Let me press scape. Now, apart from this, you can simply click on Create video as well. Here you can select the presentation and actually displays your resolution type 1080 or it's going to be 720 P or 360 P accordingly. And then you need to click on Create. Apart from this, you can select the soundtrack as well if you wish to, and you need to click on Create. Now, the filete is going to be MP four. Here you can give the file name, and let's say it's 21, that's fine. Let me click on Save. So here as it is written, creating your video, this could take a few minutes, and definitely, it's going to take a few minutes. This has been created. You can see completed. Let me click on Open. With the help of video player, it's going to play. Fine, like any other video. That's all you can do with the Power map. You can create a simple two D map or you may go for three D Map. You can create a video out of it also. The video and the three D version is more suitable when it's countrywse data. So the world map will be displayed. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 69. Date and Time Setting: Welcome back, friends. In this particular video, we are going to focus on date and time. Before we get into the functions part of it, we need to understand then how to type or date properly. Now, before we proceed, let me first show you a very important thing. You need to check the date format in your system. Let me show you here I'm setting a cursor on date, and here you may see it's coming as April 4 2021. It's a US format which is a Bdfault format. So in this Bdfault format, month comes first, then day and then year. Most of the Indians, we type date in Indian format which is day then month the year. Now, Excel doesn't have any date of itself. It takes the date from the computer or the system. Now, while typing a date, you have to be very careful that what is the format in your system. Let's say, if I'm typing a date which is fourth of April 2021. So I'm typing fourth of April, I've typed one, sorry, fourth of let's say I'm typing fourth of January 2021, so I've typed fourth. For January, I've typed one and 2021. And now, it has been considered as date. Here you may see it is coming as date. And hi, but the problem is, it has not taken fourth of January 2021, rather, it has taken first of April 2021. Let me show you the cell is selected and I'm coming here. You can see in the long date it is mentioned as first of April 2021. However, our intention was to type fourth of January 2021. Why is it so? Because the date format is in US format, and here, it's taking month first. Another type of mistake which may happen, that's why I'm typing a date which is 14th of January 012021. This is the same kind of mistake. But here, the kind of error is different because here it has considered it as a date, but it's a wrong date. Here, it has not considered it as a date at all. Here, you may see it's coming as general, which means it is being considered as simple text. It is not being considered as date. Now, this is the same kind of mistake, but here the error is different. Here, it has not considered as date at all, because you may see here it's coming as general. This means it has considered it as a text. Why is it so? Because there are only 12 months and here I have typed 14. So this is the common type of mistake that we often commit. Now, how to avoid that I in your system, it's a US format, if the date setting is in US format, then while typing a date, you need to be careful, and you need to type month first, then day, and then year. So let's say if I'm typing first fourth of January 2021, then I need to type 01, then 04, and then 2021. Let's say I'm typing a date which is fourth of January 2021, so I'm typing fourth of January. So rather than typing month in a value, I will type in alphabets, three alphabets. For January, I have typed JAN and then 2021. So this is the best way to type a date in order to avoid any sort of complications. Let me show you the setting which you may do in order to avoid these kinds of mistakes. What you can do in settings, you can change the US date format into Indian date format or UK date format. So in order to do that, click on the Start button, then go to Control Panel. Now from here, you need to go to region and language. From here you may see it is coming as format English United States. So you can go for English, India, and here you may see the date format is DD MM and YY. However, I'm keeping the date format of this particular system as it was, so I'm not going to save it. Let me show you once again, I went to region and setting. Here you may see month is coming first, then day and then here. Because of this, many times, we commit mistakes. Okay, so this is about the setting that we may do in order to avoid mistakes. Now, let me show you how to type time. It is quite easy and there's no chance of confusion while typing a time. Let's say I'm typing 14, that is 2:00 P.M. Three, four minute and two, three second. So here you may see it is coming as PM in the formula bar. So it is an indication that it has taken the time properly. Also, here you may see custom is coming. So this means it has taken the time properly. So this is it for the video. In the next video, we will learn more about date and time. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 70. Date and Time format in Excel: Welcome back, friends. In this video, we are going to understand about date and time formatting. Here, you may see in the screen that I have typed D, which represents day. And here DD, again, it represents day triple D, it represents day, but it will give you a week day, three alpha wets. And here, four times D, it's going to give you complete month spelling. Okay, let me show you. I have typed a common date in order to make you understand properly. So the date is first of August 2021. So I'm setting my cursor over here first of August 2021, and then you need to go here. Now, this is a display box launcher of number. Now here, by default is coming as custom. You may go to date in order to convert this into whatever format you want to. However, our focus is custom because if we understand this custom part, then we can convert the date in whatever format we want. So here you need to type. So what I'm typing, I'm typing simply D which represent day. In the sample, you may see one is coming, which is for first of August 2021, so it has taken one. Okay. Click Okay. So you may see it's date only the date we have typed, which is first of August 2021. But here, because of the format, it's showing us one only, which is representing day. Okay. Now, here it's DD, so let me go over here, and here I'm going to type D D. So here, you may see in the sample, it's coming as zero, one, because I've typed two times D. Okay. Let me show you one more example. Here, D, I'm going to type. So here you may see first of August 2021 is Sunday, but because I've three times D, so it's showing me in three alphabets, Sunday. Four time D so here I'm going to type D D, D, D. So you may see complete spelling of Sunday is coming. Similar is in the case with month also. Here, the date is same. August is the month, so I'm taping. So the value for August is eight. So here you will see only eight is coming. Again, I'm going here, I'm taping Mm. You can see 08 is coming. Okay, I'm going to type the same date here. Okay. Now, if I'm going to type three times M, that will again represent month MMM for August. Only three Alpha weights is coming. And if I'm going to type four times M, then you may see complete spelling of month is coming, which is occur. Now, let's come to year. Here it's Y and Y Y is going to represent the same thing. So let me come here and let me type Y. And here you may see 21 is coming. However, if there is a year, let's say, 2001. So in that case, Y and Y is going to give you a different result, but where it's two digit, and is going to give you same results. So 21, here it's Y Y. So I'm tapping YY, you may see. Again, it will give 21. Now it's triple times Y, it's going to give me the result in this manner, which is 2021, and it's four times Y. Again, it's going to give me the result the same the last time, which is These are the placeholders, which is D, D D and triple D four times D similar with month and year. These are placeholders. Now, with the help of these placeholders, you can convert the date in whatever format you want to. Let's say here is the same date which is first of August 2021. So let me go here. In this particular date, I want a format where week day is coming first. So I'm typing D D D D. Okay. After that, I want comma. Then I want day, so I'm typing DD. Then I want a hyphen, so I have given hyphen, then I want month, and I want month complete month spelling, so I'm typing MMM. After that, I want year, y. So you may see in the sample it's coming. Now, for whatever reason, let's say in a bracket, I've given the bracken and I want the weekday to come in three alphabets in the bracket. So I've typed D D D. You may see here. Okay, now let's come to time. Now here the time is 286 means 2:00 P.M. Eight minute and six second. So first, for our placeholder, it's etch. So let me go here, and here I'm going to type, let's say, Now for H 14 is coming, two is not coming because it's a 24 hour format. Now, in Excel, when we are talking about the format of time, then the difference between 24 hour format and 12 hour format is AM and PM. In 12 hour formats, we use AM and PM, of course. So by default, it's a 24 hour format because we have not used AM and PM. However, if you want AM and PM, so give one space, type AM PM. So you may see 2:00 P.M. Is coming. Okay, you can see the difference. Similarly, I'm coming here and I'm typing, let's say, am ObliPm. However, if you want it to be in a 24 hour format, you can avoid typing AM and PM. Okay, similar is the case with minute also. So I'm coming here and I'm typing, let's say, so for minute Minute will not come individually. I've typed M. Again, I've typed M. So while I'm typing MM, it's considered it as a month. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to type at first. Then I'm going to type MM then it will consider it as a minute. And then let's say am and PM, I can do that. So if I will type single M here, you can see eight like this. And in this case, let's say if I'm typing HH, then MM, then it will take like this. Now, in both this case, I have not considered second, so that's the reason second is not coming. Now, second is not being shown. It doesn't mean that second is not there. Second is there, but it's not being shown. So here, similar time. So let me go here. Here it's H, MM and Ss. The format is fine. And here I'm going to type, let's say AMO PM. If I will type singles, then it's going to show you like this till now you have understood this properly, I believe. And here it's HSS, which is going to represent second and again, AMO PM. So it's coming like this. You have already understood the proper function of AM and PM, hopefully. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. A 71. Date and Time Functions: Welcome back, friends. In this video, we are going to understand a few of the very basic date and time functions. So let's start. So here is the date which is 16th of August 2020. Now, from this particular date, if I want to pick only day, then I can simply apply a function which is day. Now here it's asking for serial number. In place of serial number, you need to give a date actually. So if you're typing a date, there is one very important aspect. Let's say I'm typing a date which is 16th of August and August. 2020 and bracket close it will generate an error. The reason is being when you are typing a date within a function, then it needs to be typed within quotation, like this. So now, it has taken the day from the date, which is 16, and this is how you need to type a date within a function, not only in this particular function, in any functions. Now, if I need to pick up month, if I need to pick a month, then I need to apply a simple month function. As a serial number, I need to give a date. I have selected this particular cell where date is mentioned, and it will give me the month, which is eight. Now, here it's coming 16, here which is a day, and here it's coming eight, which is a month. Now this eight is in number format. It's not in date format. Okay, this is very important aspect. Now here. So for this, I'm typing a function which is here, as a serial number, I'm taking this date, bracket close enter, and you may see here it has taken the year. Now, let's say, if you have got day, month, and year separately, and if you need to convert those values into date, then you may simply type a function which is date in a year, you can type a year by yourself because it takes numbers, so you can type it by yourself, also. Let's say 2021 I've typed. Month, let's say I've taken this and day let's say I've taken this. And it has converted this into a complete date. Now, similar is the case with time also here, I have typed the time, which is 2:00 P.M. It's 2 hours, 8 minutes, 2 seconds, so I need to pick the hour so I will type hour function. As a serial number, I will take time, so it will pick the hour, which is 14, it will pick always in 24 hour format. Now, again, it is a number. It's not a time format. I need to pick a minute, so I will type a minute function. I will take this. It will give me a minute. Again, if I need to get second, so I will type a second function and it will give me second. These are simple function, but these are very useful many at times. Again, hour minute second typed separately in a number format and you need to convert that into time so you can simply type a time function. Hour, I have taken this, minute I have taken this, and let's say second, I have taken this. Now here, you will be able to see that second is not coming. Second is there, but in a Bdfault format, it's not there, so you know what to do. I've showed you already in the previous video. So you need to go here. Here you may see the placeholder of second is not there, so I've given a column and SS for second, and here you may see second is coming. So these are the simple functions. Now, there are a few more important simple functions. The first function is today. Let's have type today. Now it will pick today's date. Now it will pick a date from a system. If your system time or system date is not correct, it will also not give you correct answer. However, my system date is correct, so it's giving me fourth of April 2021. Okay, now there is another function which is now, and again, it's going to give me not only date but time as well. So it has given me that is fourth of April 2021. Right now, it's 11 hours, 18 minutes. Again, second is not coming by default. However, if you want the second to come, you may change it from here. Now, these are the things. Let change the format and let me give me the let me give you the second. So let me change the format of it and give me second. So here I have given second. Now, right now, it's 19 second, but let's say if any of the cell, if I will type something, it will change. So it keeps on changing because it's now function, and today function also keeps on changing. If I will open the system tomorrow and if I will do any changes anywhere, then here where I have typed the today function, the date is going to be changed to the current date. So these are a few simple functions. Now, apart from function, there is very important aspect that I will have to make you understand. That is, let's say, if you want to get the number of days between two dates, then you need to type old date minus current date. Okay, so I have typed here, let's say, fourth of August 2016, and it's let's say today. So you need to type, let's say today minus Okay, so now here, the answer which is coming, it is a number of days. Okay, sorry, in the previously, I have told you wrong. So it's going to be current date minus old date, okay? So it is giving me the difference of number of days between these two dates. Similar is the case with time as well. Let's say my office timing is 920, and I've left the office at let's say 545. So for how many hours I have worked, so it's going to be your latest time minus old time. So you have worked for 8 hours, 25 minutes. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 72. Networkdays Function: Welcome back, friends. In this video, we are going to understand Network days function. Now, Network days function is being used when we want to get the number of days between two dates. However, there is an option of giving a week off, and there is also an option of giving the list of holidays. So how this function works, let me show you. So I'm going to type Network days. Here you may see Network days function is coming. Another function is coming networkdas.in TL, that stands for International. Now, I'm selecting the first one. I will explain you the second one as well, which is very important. So Network days function. Now the first argument it's asking for start date. Now, let's say I'm assuming that I want to count the number of days when a person has joined a company, and let's say today's its last date. So start date means the joining date, let's say. So here I have typed second of Jan 2017, so I may select this or I can type the date by myself also. However, when you are typing a date, it has to be within quotation. Okay, so I'm selecting this as a start date. Now, end date you can type a date by yourself, or it's today's date, so I'm typing today's function. When you are applying a function within a function, you should not give it in quotations. So today function I have given. Now it's asking for holidays, holidays. I'm not giving the holiday right now. You may see the holidays argument is in square bracket. This means that it's a optional argument, it's not compulsory. I'm avoiding this right now. Bracket close and enter, you may see the number of days that that particular person has worked is 1110. However, it has not counted Saturday and Sundays in between these dates. By default, it considered Saturday Sunday as a week off. Now, remember this 1110. Let me apply this function once again, network days, start date I have given this one, and end date I have given, let's say today. Now here as a holiday, I'm going to select these dates. Now, here one, two, three, four, five, overall, five list of holidays I have mentioned and enter. Now, when I've done this, you may see here the answer was 1110. And here, because I have mentioned the list of holidays, it's coming less, which is 1107. But here, I have mentioned five holidays. However, it has deducted only three holidays, or it has considered only three holidays. Why is it so? Because two of the holidays that is 26th of Jan 2022nd Fab 2020 was Sunday. So it has already deducted Sunday, or it has not considered Saturday, Sunday because that was considered as a week off, so it's not going to be double counted. So correct, three holidays it has considered, and that has been deducted. So that's the reason holiday list of holidays need to be given like this particular date. So it may see that whether any particular date falls in week off or not. Now, let me show you network days NTL, because in many of the organization, Saturday, Sunday is not a fixed week off. Now, let me show you another example of network days that's a different function network days dot NTL. So I'm typing Network days dot ITL. Now, start date, I'm mentioning the same date, date, I'm mentioning, let's say, today. And weekend. Now, this is a different option which was not there in network days function, and this is very helpful also. In weekend, you can mention that what is the weekend? It's not fixed Saturday and Sunday. You may give Sunday, Monday, also, Monday, Tuesday, also, or only Sunday also. Let's say, it's only Monday. So I'm considering this date, selecting this one. Now list of holidays also you may give, so I'm selecting this list of holidays. Bracket clothes enter, and you will get the answer. So this is how network days functions work. It is very helpful and useful. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 73. Datedif Function: Welcome back, friends. In this video, we are going to understand a very important function, which is known as data Df. Now, data Dif function is not a registered function, and because of this reason when you are taping this function, you will not get a function name suggestions, nor you will get an argument suggestions. However, I have typed the data dip function for you. Here you may see there are three arguments. First one is the start date then date. After that, there is a placeholder. Now, as a placeholder, you may give these three options. Now, what this is all about, I'm going to make you explain in a practical manner. First of all, let me get the age of a person who has taken birth on 12th Fab 1988 in a traditional manner. So in an traditional manner, I'm going to type today, which is the current date and minus date of birth. Ter here I'm going to convert this into general. So this is giving me the number of days, which is 12,105. Now, what I'm going to do? I'm going to convert this output, or I'm going to divide this output by 365 and approximately age, which is 33 is coming, and most of the time it is accurate also. However, what is the use of data Div? Now, we have got that his age is 33. However, we don't know what is the number of months and number of days. I mean that it's 33 age which is year. Thereafter, it's going to be around, let's say, two or three months, and after that, it's going to be around ten or 12 days. So that this particular approach is not going to get. So let me show you how to apply data Dif function. So I'm going to type data if Brackets start first, I need to give the start date, which means the date of birth, so I'm selecting this cell which contains the date of birth. After that, I need to give the date, which is going to be today's date. So simply I will apply today's function. So today, brackets start and bracket close. After that, I need to give the placeholder because I want to know the age which is going to be in year. Let's say first, I want to know the year. So within quotation, I'm going to type Y, bracket close Enter. So you may see 33 is coming, which is age. Now, after 33, how many months if I want to know, then again, I'm going to type data day as a start date, I have taken this end date, I'm going to type today's function. And after that, as a placeholder, we need to give Y which represents year and after year, how many months then, Quotation close, enter. So here, I've got the answer that is 33 years, one month, and then the number of days. So let me copy this because the function is going to be same equal to and here as a placeholder, Y I will not give I will give M, which represent month. And after that, after month, how many days then D. So it will come 23. So the accurate age is going to be 33 years, one month, and 23 days. So this is how data day function works. This is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 74. Macro Recording in Excel: Welcome back students. In this video, we are going to learn a very important topic in Excel, which is macro recording. Now, before we proceed, we need to understand what is macro. Now, we can say it macro. We can call it Excel VBA. They are both same. Now, what is this? Like any other application, MS office application has been also built based on some programming. Now, the programming language which has been used here is VBA which is visual basic administrator. Programmer has worked very hard in order to automate various tasks, like whatever you do in Excel or let's say in any other office application, programmer has worked really hard for that. Even if you select a cell like this, even if you drag something behind each and every task or if you are applying a formula or function. So behind each and every task or function, programmer has write the program, so that's the reason you are being able to use it as an end user. Now what Excel Excel say that whatever task we think was important, we have automated those. However, we are giving you the rights to do the automation by yourself if you think something else is also important. Various programming rights has been given to you in order to make things easy for the end user. Now, no need to worry, we are not going to do the programming over here, but we will use the feature which is recording macro. What is this? We are going to record the activity and Excel will do the programming for us. You need not to know about the visual basic programming for this. You just need to follow the steps which I'm going to tell you. Now, how to record a macro, how to go about this. First of all, we must have a developer tab. However, if I'm going for this view tab over here also, you may see this macro group, and here also we have got the options which is being required. But having a developer tab is more suitable. So what we can do in order to get the developer tab, we need to go to the file. After that, go for more, and here you may get the option of options. So click over here. After that, you need to go to customize ribbon. From here, you will have to look for the option which is developer. So here it is, and this is unchecked. So that's the reason it is not visible over here. By default, it is inactive only. So what you need to do, you need to just check this. Stick this option. After that, select Okay or click on Okay, and you will be able to see this developer options. Okay. So I'm going to click on this developer. Now over here, we are getting plenty of options. However, the most of the tasks that we are going to do are available over here under the code group. Before we proceed, another important aspect. You need to click on use relative references whenever you are trying to record a macro. Let me put my cursor over here and what it's saying, use relative references. Use relative references so that macro are recorded with actions relative to the initial selected cells. If you're not being able to understand, you will be able to understand after this practical example. But before that, let me try to explain it to you also. So what's the situation? Let's say I want to record a macro for formatting. Let's say there is one particular kind of formatting that I am using quite often. I want to record a macro so that I can simply press the short key and that particular formatting is going to be applied. While I'm recording a macro, there must be a volunteer cell that is being selected. Let's say I've selected this cell, which is G two. And after selecting this particular cell, I have recorded the activity. Now, if this particular option, which is use relative references is not activated, then what will happen? Macro has been recorded so that macro has been recorded so that I can automate the task. What is the task over here in this particular example? Whenever I have selected fell, and after that, I am applying a short key, that particular formatting should apply. So let's say I have recorded the macro by selecting the cell which is G two, and now I want to format the cell, which is, let's say, starting from B two till B six. I have applied the short key, let's say that is Control Q. So these cell are not going to be formatted, rather, it will go to this particular cell, which is G two, and that will be formatted. Now it's not going to serve my purpose. So that's the reason which is very important. This particular option which is used relative references is activated. So keep this in mind. Now, let's start macro recording. So I'm going to select this cell only which is G two, and I'm going to apply certain formatting over here. But before that, I need to click on this option, which is record macro. Use relative references is already activated, so that's fine. Recording record macro, I've clicked. Now, first of all, it's asking for the macroname By default, it's giving us the name which is macro one. You can keep this name. However, my suggestion would be to give the name as per the automated task. Here, the task is something related to formatting, so I'm giving the name that is my format. Okay, my underscore format I'm giving. Why am using underscore because you can't give space means while giving a macroname you can't give any special character. So remember this, the only special character that can be used is underscore. Now comes the short key option. Over here also, don't use the short key which is being already assigned to some important task. Let's say you are typing C, but Control C you know is for copy. So don't do that. What will happen if I'm using Control C? Yes, it's going to record the macro, of course, and it will work also. But whenever you are going to press Control C for copy, copy will not happen. Whatever macro you have recorded, that will happen so that we don't want. Apply a short key which is not a popular one or which you are not going to use frequently. Here I'm applying the short key which is Control Q, fine. Now the next option is store macro in where you want this macro to store. Now you can store this macro in this workbook only you can store the macro in personal macro workbook and you can store the macro in new workbook. Now, what are all these options? Now, let me explain it to you. If I'm selecting the option which is new workbook, then a new workbook means a new Excel file will open and the macro will be saved over there. Next option, personal macro workbook. Now, this particular option is very popular and very good also. What's going to happen if you are using this particular option, then this macro is independent of any Excel file. What is happening when you are using this option, which is new workbook or this workbook, most of the time it is this workbook only means this particular file, which is function data. So macro is going to be saved into this file which is function data. However, macro will work in this particular file, which is function data. Now, if this particular file is open and you are applying the macro in another Excel file, then also it's going to work. But the condition is that this particular macro file, which is function data should be open. If this particular file, which is function data is not open, then this macro is not going to work in any other Excel file. So this particular file need to be open under this condition, which is this workbook and under this condition also, which is new workbook. However, if you are using the option which is personal macro workbook, then it's going to be stored in the Excel internal files. And then this is independent of any Excel file. So whenever you are going to apply a macro, that will work irrespective of whether that particular file where you have made this macro that is open or not. So you can use this option, but many a times we avoid because we don't want the macro to work universally. Okay, so I'm going for this option, which is this workbook. Here, you may type the description if you want to what this macro do, let's say I'm taping it applies the format. Okay, and click on Okay. Now, the moment you have done this, you may see here, stop recording option is coming, and that's an indication of that macro recording has started. Now, another important aspect is don't click here and there because it's going to record that activity as well. Because remember, use relative references is activated. So if you are, let's say, clicking over here, right now, G two is selected. If you're going to select H two, then it's going to record that whatever cell is selected, apply the formatting just next to that, so that we don't font. So this is the cell selected, that's fine. Let me go to home. I'm going to apply some formatting. Let's say I'm applying bold. I'm applying Italic as well. I'm going to use the font size, which is let's say 14. Okay, I'm going for this font color, fine, and that much would be sufficient to understand. Let me go to Developer tab then and click on Stop Recording. That is the procedure. You need to click on Record Macro, do your activity. It's going to record the activity and after that, click on Stop recording. Now, what's going to happen? Let's say I've selected these cells and the shorte control, so I'm going to press Control and you may see that particular format has been applied. Let's say I am over here in this particular sheet, and I'm going to apply Control C, and it's going to work. Let's say I'm going to open a new Excel file, have press control, and for that, I'm going to type something so that I can show you I'm pressing again Control Q, and it's going to work here as well. You can see when this particular file is open, then it's going to work in other Excel file as well because this macro is saved over here. I'm going to close this right now. This macro need to be recorded. Now one final step that remains. That is, if you are closing this file without converting this file into a macro enabled workbook, then the macro will not be saved. What I mean, let's say I'm placing Control and you will get to see this particular error. The following feature cannot be saved in macro free workbook. This is a normal Excel file. XLSX is the extension, and over here, macro can't be saved. So you need to convert this into macro enabled workbook. Now, how you need to save this file. So you need to go to file. After that, go for sas choose the location wherever you want to save. So I'm going for browse option. I'm selecting Dektop. Here it is function data, and I'm typing function data Micro. And here you may see Excel Wbook which is save us type. So you need to go here. You may go for this option, which is Excel Micro Enabled Wok, which is the second option. Fine, and click on Save. Click on Okay. Fine. So it has been saved. Let me close this. And in the desktop, here you may see this is the function data macro that we have saved, and you can see this particular symbol. This is the symbol that this is a macro enabled workbook, and this is different from any other Excel file. Here, you may see a normal Excel file. That's how the symbol cut. That's how the symbol will look like, and this is the macro enabled workbook, and you may see the difference. Let me open this once again. Let me enable the content. If this kind of message is coming, you need to click over here. Always look for the error message. Now, I'm going to press once again, Control Q, and you may see that it's working. Now, let me go to the developer, and I'm going for macro over here. And you may see the macro which you have just created. Now you can select the macro. You may go for the option which is edit. Now, what will happen? You will get to see the programming behind this. This is the programming. However, you should be aware of VBA in order to make any changes. Now, no need to worry, actually, do some extra programming. If let's say I need to do this task and if I'm doing the programming by myself in Excel VBA, then that much of coding is not required. Anyway, it's serving our purpose. Let me go to macros once again. And if you want to change the short key, then again, you may select this particular macro, go for options. And over here, you can change the short key. I'm not going to change it right now. Another important thing is, if you want to delete this by selecting the macro, you may click on this delete option, it's going to be deleted. Now, from here also, you can run this. Let's say this particular cell is selected, I'm going to click on Run it will run. So this is all about micro recording. This it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. Yes. 75. Macro Recording Example in Excel: Welcome back, students. So in this video, we will be seeing a few more examples of macro recording so that we can understand the functionality of it completely. So the first example I'm going to give you that is how you can record any function. So you remember probably that how we have worked with if function. In this particular data, the task was if the student has scored less than 40 or maybe let's say 40, then he should be considered or she should be considered fail 40-60 compartment and above 60, it's going to be pass. So that's the result I want and result should be on the basis of this total score. Now I want to record the macro for this. So in order to do this, my cursor should be in the right place. So my cursor is over here, which is the right place because over here only I want the result to come. After that, I'm going for this developer, clicking on use relative references, which is important and after that, going for a record macro. Go to give the name an appropriate name. So I'm giving the name which is let's say result Shortcam going to assign Control W. And here I can use the description. However, I'm avoiding this right now and going to click on Okay. Recording macro has been started. Here you can see the stop recording option. Now, over here, I will have to apply the formula. So I'm going to apply the formula which is equal to if this particular cell value, which is H two is less than or equal to 40, then results should be fail. Again, if this particular cell value, if it's less than or equal to 60, then results should be compartment. Fine. Otherwise, result going to be pass. One bracket close for first if second bracket, close for second if and enter. Now, what has been recorded the cell which is activated, you need to get the result into that cell based on the score which is just next to this in the left side. So this is how it works. And after you have got the result, you need to come down because I pressed Enter, so it is just come down to the next cell. However, it's not compulsory. I can simply select this cell once again. So whenever you are going to apply this particular macro, then that cell will remain selected. However I want that next cell should be selected. So I'm going to click over here. So that has been recorded. Now let me click on Stop recording. Now, I want to get the results, so I'm pressing Control W, which is the short key, so I'm pressing Control W, and you can see I'm getting the desired output. So I have recorded the functions. So that is how a function can be recorded. Many times, there are functions which are very complicated, very long. So every time you don't want to write the function, you can simply record this. Now the next example that I'm going to show you, let's say, there is one particular kind of template which you are using quite often, and that template is, let's say, of calendar. So I'm going to record that also. So what I'm going to do, I'm going for a record macro, going to give a name which is, let's say, calendar template. Okay. Short cam assigning Control E and going to click on Okay. Now, again, you can see stop recording is coming. This means recording has been started. So I'm following this step. So I need to go to file, need to go to new. And over here you can see the templates are coming. So the template that I'm looking for is the calendar template. Okay, so there are so many. So just to show you, I'm selecting this particular calendar option, which is any year custom calendar, going to double click. And you can see the calendar has opened, and this particular activity has been recorded as well. Now, remember this is a different Excel file. This is even though it's a template, but it's a different Excel file. Here you can see any year custom calendar one. So that's a different Excel file, but that doesn't mean that stop recording option is not coming here. Recording is still going on, and if you will go to the developer option over here, you will get to see the Stop recording option. So click and recording has been stopped. I'm going to close this particular template, and the short key was Control Q, I'm going to press it, and here you can see, it's opening that particular template. So till now, we have seen three macros. First one, I have used for formatting, second one to record functions. Third one, in order to open a particular template. So this I have showed you in order to demonstrate all the things you can do with macros. There are plenty, plenty more things that you can do with macros. However, these are just the example. You can try new things. However, this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day. 76. Ways to Run Macros in Excel: Welcome back, students. In this video, we are going to learn that what are the ways to run macros? One of the way we already know which is short key, that is I have pressed Control Q in order to do the formatting. I have pressed Control W for functions, and I press Control E in order to open a template. So these are the short key that I have used. So this is one of the way. Another way is, let's say I'm going for Insert tab, and here you will have to look for shapes. Now, the shapes are there in this illustrations option, so I'm going to click on Illustrations. After that, you may get to see this option of shapes. Now, from here, I'm taking the shape which is a rectangle. Fine. I'm going to draw this over here. Now, the moment you are going to do this, you will get to see this shape format option. I'm going for the format, which is this one. And here, you can type anything. You simply need to start typing, so I'm typing a result Fine. Okay. After this, I'm going for this home tab, converting this into bold, going for the center position, going to increase the font size as well. So it's looking like a button. Now, assigning a macro to this particular shape is very easy. You need to do the right click like this. After that, you may get to see this option of assigned macro. Click over here. And I want to assign the macro, which is results, so I'm selecting a result, going to click on Okay, and the macro has been assigned. Let's say my cursory is over here, I'm going to click on result. So you may see this particular macro is working. However, there is a drawback. If I'm going to scroll down, you will not be able to see this particular button, and you will not be able to apply this also. So wherever it is being needed, you can use this option, but not everywhere. There is yet another way of using the macro, and I like this particular option very much. I'm going to show you. I'm going to provide option in the ribbon only in which tab, I can create a new tab altogether, or I can choose any of these tabs. So let's say in the home tab only, I want to provide a new option where a user may click and they can run the macro. So how to do that, I'm going for file going for more than options. Let me go to this option, which is customized ribbon. Now, here you can see popular commands. You need to click over here and I'm going for macros. The macros that you have created is going to be listed over here. Now in the main tab, you may see all the tab options are coming. I'm going for this last tab and going to click on New Group. Altogether, a new group is going to be created. Here you may see. Now, while selecting this new group, I'm going for the option which is rename. I'm going to rename this. I'm going to give a name which is let's say utility. Going to click on Okay, fine. A new group has been created. Now, what I need to do, I'm going to select this particular macro, which is calendar and going for this add option. Over here, utility is selected, so nothing more needs to be done, click on add. You can see it has been added. Now my format at result add. I've added all these three macros over here. Now I'm going to select the macro, which is let's say calendar template, going for rename and I'm going to select a symbol which is more appropriate one. I'm going to let's select this one. Let's say this one. Here I'm giving the name because here there is no boundation like you can't give space, you can give. I'm giving the name which is calendar template. I'm typing TEMP. Next I'm selecting my format, going for rename and I'm giving the name format. And here I'm selecting this particular symbol, result, rename. And over here for result, let's say I'm selecting this one, and I'm giving the name which is result. Click on Okay, fine. Now you need to click on Okay. Now you can see these options are coming in the group which is utility. Now, let's say my cursor is over here and I want to use this result macro, it's working absolutely fine. I've selected this cell. I want to apply the format. I can do that. And this calendar template, if I want to open, I can click over here and it's going to open. And whenever a new file, if you are creating a new file also, these options will be visible over there. However, as I've told you, if that particular file where macro has been saved, if that is not open, it's not going to work. These are going to be visible, but it's not going to work. But if that file is open, then this will work. Okay, I'm going to close this. So these are the ways to run the macros. Hopefully you have understood all things about macro recording. So this is it for the video. Thank you for watching. Have a nice day.